|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
659
|
71 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
72 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
74 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
75 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
76 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
77 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
78 };
|
|
|
79
|
|
464
|
80 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
81 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 /*
|
|
|
84 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
85 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
88 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
89 */
|
|
464
|
90 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
93
|
|
657
|
94 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
95 * are used. */
|
|
|
96 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
97
|
|
665
|
98 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
99 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
100
|
|
657
|
101 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
102 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
103 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
104
|
|
449
|
105 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
106 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
107 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
108
|
|
464
|
109 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
110 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
111 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
112 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
113 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
114 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
115 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
116 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
117 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
119 * completion started */
|
|
|
120 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
121 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
122
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
665
|
125 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
659
|
126 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches));
|
|
7
|
127 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
128 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
129 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
130 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
131 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
132 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
7
|
133 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
134 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
135 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
136 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
659
|
137 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
138 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
139 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
140 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
141 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
143 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
144 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
145 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
146 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
147 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
148 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
149 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
151 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
152 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
153 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
154 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
155
|
|
661
|
156 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
159 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
160 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
161 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
162 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
163 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
164 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
165 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
166 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
167 #endif
|
|
7
|
168 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
169 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
170 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
171 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
172 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
173 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
175 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
176 #endif
|
|
|
177 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
180 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
181 #endif
|
|
|
182 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
184 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
185 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
186 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
187 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
188 #endif
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
190 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
449
|
192 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
193 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
194 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
195 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
196 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
197 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
198 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
200 #endif
|
|
|
201 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
203 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
204 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
206 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
208 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
209 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
210 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
212 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
213 #endif
|
|
|
214 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
215 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
216 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
217 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
218 #endif
|
|
|
219 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
220 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
221 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
222 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
223 #endif
|
|
|
224 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
227 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
229 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
230 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
231 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
232 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
233 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
234
|
|
|
235 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
236 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
237 #endif
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
242 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
243 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
244 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
245 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
246 #endif
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
249 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
250 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
253 under the cursor */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 /*
|
|
|
256 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
257 *
|
|
|
258 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
259 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
260 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
261 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
262 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
263 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
264 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
265 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
266 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
267 *
|
|
|
268 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
269 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
270 *
|
|
|
271 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273 int
|
|
|
274 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
275 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
276 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
277 long count;
|
|
|
278 {
|
|
|
279 int c = 0;
|
|
|
280 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
281 int lastc;
|
|
|
282 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
283 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
284 int i;
|
|
|
285 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
287 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
291 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
292 #endif
|
|
|
293 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
294 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
295 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
296
|
|
603
|
297 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
298 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
299
|
|
7
|
300 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
301 * error message */
|
|
|
302 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
305 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
306 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
307 {
|
|
|
308 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
309 return FALSE;
|
|
|
310 }
|
|
|
311 #endif
|
|
632
|
312 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
313 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
314 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
315 {
|
|
|
316 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
317 return FALSE;
|
|
|
318 }
|
|
7
|
319
|
|
|
320 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
321 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
322 #endif
|
|
|
323
|
|
11
|
324 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
325 /*
|
|
|
326 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
327 */
|
|
|
328 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
329 {
|
|
532
|
330 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
331 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
332 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
333 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
334 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
335 else
|
|
|
336 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
337 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
338 # endif
|
|
11
|
339 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341 #endif
|
|
|
342
|
|
7
|
343 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
344 /*
|
|
|
345 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
346 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
349 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
350 else
|
|
|
351 #endif
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
354 if (startln)
|
|
|
355 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
358 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
359 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
360 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
365 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
366 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
367 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
368 {
|
|
|
369 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
370 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
371 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 else
|
|
|
374 #endif
|
|
|
375 {
|
|
|
376 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
377 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
378 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
379 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
380 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382 }
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
385 {
|
|
|
386 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
387 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
388 {
|
|
|
389 beep_flush();
|
|
|
390 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
391 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393 else
|
|
|
394 #endif
|
|
|
395 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
396 }
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
398 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
399 {
|
|
|
400 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
401 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
402 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
403 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
404 }
|
|
|
405 #endif
|
|
|
406 else
|
|
|
407 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 /*
|
|
|
412 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
413 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
414 */
|
|
|
415 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 /*
|
|
|
418 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
419 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
420 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
421 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
422 */
|
|
|
423 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
424 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
425 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
426 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
427 #endif
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
430 setmouse();
|
|
|
431 #endif
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
433 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
434 #endif
|
|
|
435 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
436 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
437 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
438 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
439 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
440 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
441 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
442 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
445 /*
|
|
|
446 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
447 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
448 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
449 */
|
|
|
450 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
451 {
|
|
|
452 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
453 /*
|
|
|
454 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
455 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
456 */
|
|
|
457 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
458 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
459 else
|
|
|
460 #endif
|
|
|
461 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
462 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 /*
|
|
|
465 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
466 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
467 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
468 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
469 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
470 */
|
|
|
471 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
472 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
473 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
474 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
475 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
476 {
|
|
|
477 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
478 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
480 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
474
|
482 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
483 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
484 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
485 }
|
|
|
486 #endif
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
230
|
488 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
489 }
|
|
|
490 else
|
|
|
491 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
494 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
497 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
500 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
501 #endif
|
|
|
502 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
503 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
504 #endif
|
|
|
505 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
506 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
507 * restarting. */
|
|
|
508 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
509 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
510 #endif
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 /*
|
|
|
513 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
514 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
515 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
518 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
519 i = showmode();
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
522 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
525 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
526 #endif
|
|
|
527 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
528 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
529 #endif
|
|
|
530
|
|
603
|
531 /*
|
|
|
532 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
533 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
534 */
|
|
7
|
535 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
536 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
537 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
538 else
|
|
|
539 {
|
|
|
540 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
541 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
542 }
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
544 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 /*
|
|
|
547 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
548 */
|
|
|
549 for (;;)
|
|
|
550 {
|
|
|
551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
552 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
553 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
554 else
|
|
|
555 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
556 #endif
|
|
|
557 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
558 count = 0;
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
561 {
|
|
|
562 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
563 count = 0;
|
|
|
564 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
565 }
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
568 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
569 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
572 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
573 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
574 {
|
|
|
575 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
576 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
577 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 /*
|
|
|
581 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
582 */
|
|
|
583 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
586 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
587 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
588 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
589 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
590 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
591 #endif
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
594 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
595 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
596 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
597 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
598 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
599 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
600 #endif
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 /*
|
|
|
603 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
604 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
605 * redraw.
|
|
|
606 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
607 * something.
|
|
|
608 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
609 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
610 */
|
|
|
611 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
612 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
613 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
614 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
615 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
616 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618 )
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
621 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
624 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
625 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
626 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
627 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
628 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
629 #endif
|
|
|
630 ))
|
|
|
631 {
|
|
|
632 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
633 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
634 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
635 else
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
638 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
639 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
640 else
|
|
|
641 #endif
|
|
|
642 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
647 update_topline();
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 /*
|
|
|
654 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
655 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
656 */
|
|
661
|
657 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
658
|
|
|
659 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
660 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
661 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
662 #endif
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 update_curswant();
|
|
|
665 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
666 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
667 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
668 #endif
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
671 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
674 /*
|
|
|
675 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
676 */
|
|
|
677 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
678 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
681 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
682 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
683 #endif
|
|
|
684 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
685 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
686 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
687 #endif
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
690 /*
|
|
|
691 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
692 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
693 */
|
|
|
694 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
695 {
|
|
|
696 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
697 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
698 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
699 continue;
|
|
|
700
|
|
659
|
701 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
702 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
703 {
|
|
659
|
704 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
705 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
706 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
707 {
|
|
|
708 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
709 continue;
|
|
|
710 }
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 /* A printable character: Add it to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
713 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
716 continue;
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
665
|
718
|
|
|
719 /* Pressing Enter selects the current match. */
|
|
|
720 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
723 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
724 }
|
|
657
|
725 }
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727
|
|
7
|
728 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
729 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
730 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
731 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
732 continue;
|
|
7
|
733 #endif
|
|
|
734
|
|
477
|
735 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
736 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
737 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
738 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
741 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
742 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
743 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
744 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
745 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
746 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
747 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
748 {
|
|
477
|
749 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
750 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
751 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
752 }
|
|
|
753 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
754 continue;
|
|
|
755 else
|
|
|
756 {
|
|
477
|
757 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
760 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
761 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
762 }
|
|
7
|
763 count = 0;
|
|
|
764 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
765 }
|
|
|
766 }
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
769 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
770 #endif
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
773 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
774 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
775 #endif
|
|
|
776 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
777 {
|
|
|
778 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
779 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
780 continue;
|
|
|
781 }
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
783 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
784 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
785 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
786 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
787 # endif
|
|
|
788 )
|
|
|
789 {
|
|
|
790 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
791 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
792 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
793 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
794 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
795 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
796 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
797 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
798 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
799 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
800 }
|
|
|
801 #endif
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
804 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
805 switch (c)
|
|
|
806 {
|
|
|
807 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
808 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
809 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
810 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
811 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
812 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
813 }
|
|
|
814 #endif
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
817 /*
|
|
|
818 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
819 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
820 * characters.
|
|
|
821 */
|
|
|
822 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
823 continue;
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 /*
|
|
|
827 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
828 */
|
|
|
829 switch (c)
|
|
|
830 {
|
|
449
|
831 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
832 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
833 break;
|
|
|
834 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
835
|
|
449
|
836 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
837 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
838 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
841 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
842 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
843 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
844 }
|
|
|
845 #endif
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
848 do_intr:
|
|
|
849 #endif
|
|
|
850 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
851 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
852 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
853 {
|
|
|
854 if (got_int)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
857 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
858 }
|
|
|
859 else
|
|
|
860 vim_beep();
|
|
|
861 break;
|
|
|
862 }
|
|
|
863 doESCkey:
|
|
|
864 /*
|
|
|
865 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
866 */
|
|
|
867 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
868 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
869 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
870 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
871
|
|
477
|
872 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
873 {
|
|
|
874 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
875 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
876 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
877 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
878 #endif
|
|
7
|
879 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
880 }
|
|
7
|
881 continue;
|
|
|
882
|
|
449
|
883 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
884 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
885 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
886 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
887 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
888 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
891 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
892 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
893 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
894 #endif
|
|
|
895 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
896 break;
|
|
|
897 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
898 count = 0;
|
|
|
899 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
900
|
|
464
|
901 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
902 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
903 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
904 break;
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
907 break;
|
|
|
908
|
|
449
|
909 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
910 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
911 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
912 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
913 #endif
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
916 case K_F1:
|
|
|
917 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
918 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
919 if (p_im)
|
|
|
920 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
921 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
924 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
925 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
926 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
927 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
928 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
929 break;
|
|
|
930 #endif
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
933 case NUL:
|
|
|
934 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
935 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
936 * error. */
|
|
7
|
937 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
938 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
939 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
940 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
941 break;
|
|
|
942
|
|
449
|
943 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
944 ins_reg();
|
|
|
945 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
946 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
947 break;
|
|
|
948
|
|
449
|
949 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
950 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
951 break;
|
|
|
952
|
|
449
|
953 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
954 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
955 break;
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
958 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
959 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
960 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
961 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963 #endif
|
|
|
964
|
|
449
|
965 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
966 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
967 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
968 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
969 #endif
|
|
|
970 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
971
|
|
449
|
972 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
973 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
974 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
975 {
|
|
449
|
976 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
977 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
978 break;
|
|
7
|
979 }
|
|
|
980 # endif
|
|
|
981 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
982 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
983 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
984 break;
|
|
|
985
|
|
449
|
986 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
987 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
988 ins_del();
|
|
|
989 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
990 break;
|
|
|
991
|
|
449
|
992 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
993 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
994 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
995 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
996 break;
|
|
|
997
|
|
449
|
998 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
999 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1000 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1001 break;
|
|
|
1002
|
|
449
|
1003 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1004 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1005 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1006 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1007 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1008 # endif
|
|
7
|
1009 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1010 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1011 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1015 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1016 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1017 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1018 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1019 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1020 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1021 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1022 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1023 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1024 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1025 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1026 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1027 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1028 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1029 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1030 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1031 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1032 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1033 break;
|
|
|
1034
|
|
449
|
1035 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1036 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
|
1038
|
|
449
|
1039 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1040 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1041 break;
|
|
|
1042 #endif
|
|
|
1043
|
|
449
|
1044 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1045 break;
|
|
|
1046
|
|
661
|
1047 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1048 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1049 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1050 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1051 break;
|
|
|
1052 #endif
|
|
|
1053
|
|
625
|
1054 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1055 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1056 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1057 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1058 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1059 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1060 break;
|
|
|
1061 #endif
|
|
|
1062
|
|
7
|
1063 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1064 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1065 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1069 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
|
1071 #endif
|
|
|
1072
|
|
449
|
1073 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1074 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1075 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1076 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1077 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1078 break;
|
|
|
1079
|
|
449
|
1080 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1081 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1082 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1083 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1084 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1085 break;
|
|
|
1086
|
|
449
|
1087 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1088 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1089 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1090 else
|
|
|
1091 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1092 break;
|
|
|
1093
|
|
449
|
1094 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1095 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1096 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1097 break;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
449
|
1099 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1100 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1101 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1102 else
|
|
|
1103 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1104 break;
|
|
|
1105
|
|
449
|
1106 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1107 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1108 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1109 break;
|
|
|
1110
|
|
449
|
1111 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1112 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1113 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1114 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1115 #endif
|
|
180
|
1116 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1117 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1118 else
|
|
|
1119 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
449
|
1122 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1123 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1124 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1125 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1126 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1127 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1128 #endif
|
|
7
|
1129 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1130 break;
|
|
|
1131
|
|
449
|
1132 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1133 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1134 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1135 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1136 #endif
|
|
180
|
1137 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1138 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1139 else
|
|
|
1140 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142
|
|
449
|
1143 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1144 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1145 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1146 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1147 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1148 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1149 #endif
|
|
7
|
1150 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1151 break;
|
|
|
1152
|
|
|
1153 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1154 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1155 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1156 break;
|
|
|
1157 #endif
|
|
|
1158
|
|
449
|
1159 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1160 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1161 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1162
|
|
449
|
1163 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1164 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1165 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1166 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1167 #endif
|
|
|
1168 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1169 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1170 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1171 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1172 break;
|
|
|
1173
|
|
449
|
1174 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1175 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1176 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1177 case CAR:
|
|
|
1178 case NL:
|
|
|
1179 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1180 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1181 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1182 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1183 {
|
|
644
|
1184 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1185 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1186 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1187 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1188 break;
|
|
|
1189 }
|
|
|
1190 #endif
|
|
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1192 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1193 {
|
|
|
1194 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1195 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1196 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1197 }
|
|
|
1198 #endif
|
|
|
1199 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1200 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1201 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1202 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1203 break;
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1206 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1207 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1208 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
449
|
1210 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1211 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1212 break;
|
|
7
|
1213 }
|
|
|
1214 # endif
|
|
|
1215 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1216 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1217 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1218 break;
|
|
|
1219 # endif
|
|
|
1220 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1221 #endif
|
|
7
|
1222
|
|
|
1223 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1224 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1225 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1226 break;
|
|
|
1227
|
|
449
|
1228 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1229 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1230 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1231 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1232
|
|
449
|
1233 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1234 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1235 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1236 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1239 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1240 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1241 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1242 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1243 #endif
|
|
|
1244
|
|
449
|
1245 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1246 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1247 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1248 #endif
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
|
1250 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1251 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1254 break;
|
|
|
1255 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1256 }
|
|
|
1257 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1260 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1261
|
|
449
|
1262 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1263 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1264 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1265 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1266 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1267 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1268 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1269 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 docomplete:
|
|
|
1272 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1273 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1274 break;
|
|
|
1275 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1276
|
|
449
|
1277 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1278 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1279 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1280 break;
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 default:
|
|
|
1283 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1284 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1285 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1286 #endif
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 /*
|
|
|
1289 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1290 */
|
|
|
1291 normalchar:
|
|
|
1292 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1293 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1294 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1295 #endif
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1300 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1301 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1302 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1303 #endif
|
|
|
1304 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1305 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1306 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1307 }
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1311 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1312 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1313 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315 c))
|
|
|
1316 {
|
|
|
1317 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1318 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1319 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1320 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1321 #endif
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1327 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1328 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1329 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1330 #endif
|
|
|
1331 break;
|
|
|
1332 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1335 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1336 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1339 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1340 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1341 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1342 # endif
|
|
|
1343 )
|
|
|
1344 {
|
|
|
1345 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1346 /*
|
|
|
1347 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1348 */
|
|
|
1349 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1352 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1353 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1354 }
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1359 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 /*
|
|
|
1363 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1364 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1365 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1366 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1367 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1368 */
|
|
661
|
1369 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1370 static void
|
|
661
|
1371 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1372 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
661
|
1376 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1377 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
|
1378 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
|
1379 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1382 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1383 }
|
|
|
1384 #endif
|
|
7
|
1385 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1386 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1387 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1388 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1389 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1390 setcursor();
|
|
|
1391 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 /*
|
|
|
1396 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 static void
|
|
|
1399 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1400 {
|
|
|
1401 int c;
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1404 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1407 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1408 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1411 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1412 #endif
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1415 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1416 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1417 #endif
|
|
|
1418 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1419 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1420 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1421 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1422 #endif
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 /*
|
|
|
1426 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1427 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1428 */
|
|
|
1429 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1430 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1431 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1432 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1433 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1435 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1436 #else
|
|
|
1437 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1438 #endif
|
|
|
1439 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1440 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1441 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 void
|
|
|
1444 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1445 int c;
|
|
|
1446 int highlight;
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 int attr;
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1453 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1454 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1455 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1456 else
|
|
|
1457 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1458 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1459 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1460 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1461 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1462 #endif
|
|
|
1463 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1464 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1467 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1468 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1473 {
|
|
|
1474 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1475 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1476 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1477 }
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 # endif
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 else
|
|
|
1482 #endif
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1486 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1487 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1488 #endif
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1492 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1493 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1494 #endif
|
|
|
1495 {
|
|
|
1496 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1497 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1498 }
|
|
|
1499 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1500 }
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 /*
|
|
|
1504 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1505 */
|
|
|
1506 void
|
|
|
1507 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1508 {
|
|
|
1509 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1512 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1513 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1514 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1515 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1516 else
|
|
|
1517 #endif
|
|
|
1518 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1519 }
|
|
|
1520 }
|
|
|
1521
|
|
|
1522 /*
|
|
|
1523 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1524 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1525 */
|
|
|
1526 void
|
|
|
1527 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1528 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1529 {
|
|
|
1530 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1533 return;
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1536 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1537 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1539 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1540 {
|
|
|
1541 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1544 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1545 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 #endif
|
|
|
1548 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1549 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1552 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1553 }
|
|
|
1554 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1555 }
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /*
|
|
|
1558 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1559 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1560 */
|
|
|
1561 static void
|
|
|
1562 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1563 {
|
|
|
1564 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1567 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 }
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 /*
|
|
|
1572 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1573 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1574 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1575 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1576 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1577 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1578 */
|
|
|
1579 void
|
|
|
1580 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1581 int type;
|
|
|
1582 int amount;
|
|
|
1583 int round;
|
|
|
1584 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 int vcol;
|
|
|
1587 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1588 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1589 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1590 int i;
|
|
|
1591 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1592 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1593 int start_col;
|
|
|
1594 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1595 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1596 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1597 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1600 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1601 {
|
|
|
1602 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1603 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1604 }
|
|
|
1605 #endif
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1608 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1609 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1610 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1611 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 /*
|
|
|
1614 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1615 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1616 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1617 */
|
|
|
1618 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1621 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1622 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1623 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
|
1628 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1629 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1630 */
|
|
|
1631 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1632 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1635 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 /*
|
|
|
1638 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1639 */
|
|
|
1640 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1641 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1642 else
|
|
|
1643 {
|
|
|
1644 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1645 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1648 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1649 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1650 #endif
|
|
|
1651 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1652 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1653 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1654 #endif
|
|
|
1655 }
|
|
|
1656 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 /*
|
|
|
1659 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1660 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1661 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1662 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1663 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1664 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1665 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1668 {
|
|
|
1669 /*
|
|
|
1670 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1671 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1674 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1675 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1676 }
|
|
|
1677 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1678 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1679 else
|
|
|
1680 {
|
|
|
1681 /*
|
|
|
1682 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1683 */
|
|
|
1684 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1685 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 /*
|
|
|
1688 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1689 */
|
|
|
1690 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1691 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1692 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1693 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1697 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1698 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1699 else
|
|
|
1700 #endif
|
|
|
1701 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1702 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /*
|
|
|
1707 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1708 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1709 */
|
|
|
1710 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1711 {
|
|
|
1712 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1713 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1714 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1715 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1716 {
|
|
|
1717 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1718 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1719 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1720 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1721 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1722 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 /*
|
|
|
1727 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1728 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1729 */
|
|
|
1730 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1731 }
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1736 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1737 else
|
|
|
1738 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1739 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1740 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 /*
|
|
|
1743 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1750 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1751 else
|
|
|
1752 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1755 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1756 else
|
|
|
1757 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1758 }
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1762 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1763 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1764 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1765 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1766 */
|
|
|
1767 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1768 {
|
|
|
1769 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1770 {
|
|
|
1771 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1772 --start_col;
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1777 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1778 {
|
|
|
1779 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1780 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1781 }
|
|
|
1782 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1783 }
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1787 /*
|
|
|
1788 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1789 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1790 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1791 */
|
|
|
1792 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1795 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1796 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1797 return;
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1800 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1801 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1802 return;
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1805 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1808 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1809 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1812 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1815 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819 #endif
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /*
|
|
|
1823 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1824 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1825 * modes.
|
|
|
1826 */
|
|
|
1827 void
|
|
|
1828 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1829 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1830 {
|
|
|
1831 int i;
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1834 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1837 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1838 }
|
|
|
1839 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1840 }
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1843 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1844 /*
|
|
|
1845 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1846 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1847 */
|
|
|
1848 void
|
|
|
1849 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1850 int col;
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1853 {
|
|
|
1854 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1855 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1856 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1857 else
|
|
|
1858 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860 }
|
|
|
1861 #endif
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1864 /*
|
|
449
|
1865 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1866 */
|
|
|
1867 static void
|
|
|
1868 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1871 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1872 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1873 {
|
|
|
1874 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1875 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1876 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1877 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1878 else
|
|
|
1879 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1880 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1881 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1882 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1883 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1884 showmode();
|
|
|
1885 }
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 /*
|
|
|
1889 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1890 */
|
|
|
1891 static int
|
|
|
1892 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1893 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1894 {
|
|
|
1895 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1896 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1897 {
|
|
|
1898 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1899 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1900 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1901 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1902 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1903 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1906 setcursor();
|
|
|
1907 out_flush();
|
|
|
1908 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1909 }
|
|
|
1910 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
|
1912 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 /*
|
|
7
|
1916 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1917 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1918 */
|
|
|
1919 int
|
|
|
1920 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1921 int c;
|
|
|
1922 {
|
|
|
1923 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1924 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1925 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1926
|
|
610
|
1927 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1928 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1929 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1930
|
|
7
|
1931 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1932 {
|
|
|
1933 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1934 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1935 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1936 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1937 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1938 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1939 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1940 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1941 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1942 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1943 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1944 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1945 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1946 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1947 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1948 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1949 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1950 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1951 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1952 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1953 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1954 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1955 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1956 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1957 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1958 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1959 #endif
|
|
|
1960 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1961 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1962 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1963 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1964 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1965 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1966 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1967 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1968 #endif
|
|
477
|
1969 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1970 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1971 }
|
|
|
1972 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1973 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 /*
|
|
659
|
1977 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1978 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1979 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1980 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1981 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1982 */
|
|
|
1983 int
|
|
464
|
1984 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1985 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1986 int len;
|
|
|
1987 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1988 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1989 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1990 {
|
|
|
1991 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1992 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1993 int idx;
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1996 {
|
|
|
1997 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1998 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1999 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
2002 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
2005 {
|
|
|
2006 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2007 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2008 {
|
|
|
2009 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2010 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2011 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2012 break;
|
|
|
2013 }
|
|
|
2014 }
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 /*
|
|
|
2018 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2019 * upper case.
|
|
|
2020 */
|
|
|
2021 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2022 {
|
|
449
|
2023 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2024 {
|
|
449
|
2025 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2026 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2027 {
|
|
|
2028 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2029 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2030 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2031 break;
|
|
|
2032 }
|
|
449
|
2033 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035 }
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2038 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2039
|
|
659
|
2040 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2041 }
|
|
|
2042 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2043 }
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 /*
|
|
|
2046 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2047 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2048 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
2049 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2050 *
|
|
|
2051 * New:
|
|
|
2052 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2053 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2054 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
2055 */
|
|
464
|
2056 int
|
|
659
|
2057 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2058 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2059 int len;
|
|
|
2060 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2061 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2062 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2063 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2064 {
|
|
464
|
2065 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2066 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2067
|
|
|
2068 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2069 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2070 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2071 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2072 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 /*
|
|
|
2075 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2076 */
|
|
449
|
2077 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2078 {
|
|
|
2079 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2080 do
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
464
|
2082 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2083 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2084 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2085 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2086 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2087 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089
|
|
540
|
2090 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2091 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2092
|
|
7
|
2093 /*
|
|
|
2094 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2095 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2096 */
|
|
659
|
2097 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2098 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2099 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2100 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2101 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2102 {
|
|
|
2103 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2104 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2105 }
|
|
|
2106 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2109 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2110 }
|
|
659
|
2111
|
|
7
|
2112 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2113 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2114 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2115 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2116 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2117 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2118 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2119 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2120 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2121 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2124 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2125 }
|
|
7
|
2126 else
|
|
464
|
2127 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2128 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2129 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2130 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 /*
|
|
|
2133 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2134 */
|
|
449
|
2135 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2136 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2137 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
464
|
2139 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2140 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2141 }
|
|
|
2142 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2143 {
|
|
464
|
2144 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2145 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2148 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2149 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2150 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2151 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2152 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2153 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2154
|
|
665
|
2155 /*
|
|
|
2156 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2157 */
|
|
|
2158 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2159 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2160
|
|
7
|
2161 return OK;
|
|
|
2162 }
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 /*
|
|
665
|
2165 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 static void
|
|
|
2168 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2169 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2170 {
|
|
|
2171 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2172 int l;
|
|
|
2173 int had_match;
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
|
2176 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2177 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2178 else
|
|
|
2179 {
|
|
|
2180 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
|
2181 for (p = compl_leader, s = match->cp_str; *p != NUL; p += l, s += l)
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2184 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 l = mb_ptr2len(p);
|
|
|
2187 if (STRNCMP(p, s, l) != 0)
|
|
|
2188 break;
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190 else
|
|
|
2191 #endif
|
|
|
2192 {
|
|
|
2193 if (*p != *s)
|
|
|
2194 break;
|
|
|
2195 l = 1;
|
|
|
2196 }
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198
|
|
|
2199 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2202 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2203 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2204 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2205 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2206 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2209 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2210 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2211 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2215 }
|
|
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 /*
|
|
7
|
2219 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2220 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2221 */
|
|
|
2222 static void
|
|
659
|
2223 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches)
|
|
7
|
2224 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2225 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2226 {
|
|
|
2227 int i;
|
|
|
2228 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2229 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2230
|
|
464
|
2231 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
659
|
2232 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2233 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2234 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2235 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2239 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2240 */
|
|
|
2241 static int
|
|
|
2242 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
464
|
2244 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2245 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2246
|
|
449
|
2247 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 /*
|
|
|
2250 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2251 */
|
|
449
|
2252 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2253 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2254 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2255 {
|
|
|
2256 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2257 ++count;
|
|
|
2258 }
|
|
464
|
2259 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2260 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2261 }
|
|
|
2262 return count;
|
|
|
2263 }
|
|
|
2264
|
|
574
|
2265 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2266 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2267 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2268 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2269
|
|
|
2270 /*
|
|
|
2271 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2272 */
|
|
|
2273 static void
|
|
|
2274 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2275 {
|
|
|
2276 int h;
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
|
2280 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2281 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2282 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2283 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2284 }
|
|
|
2285 }
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 /*
|
|
|
2288 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2289 */
|
|
|
2290 static void
|
|
|
2291 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2292 {
|
|
|
2293 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2294 {
|
|
|
2295 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2296 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2297 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299 }
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301 /*
|
|
|
2302 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2303 */
|
|
|
2304 static int
|
|
|
2305 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2306 {
|
|
|
2307 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
665
|
2308 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2309 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2312 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2313 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2314 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2315 #endif
|
|
|
2316 )
|
|
|
2317 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2318 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2319 }
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2323 */
|
|
|
2324 static int
|
|
|
2325 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2328 int i;
|
|
540
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2331 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2332 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2333 i = 0;
|
|
|
2334 do
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2337 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2338 break;
|
|
|
2339 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2340 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2343 }
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 /*
|
|
|
2346 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2347 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2348 */
|
|
648
|
2349 void
|
|
540
|
2350 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2353 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2354 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2355 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2356 int i;
|
|
|
2357 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2358 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2359 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2362 return;
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2365 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2368 {
|
|
|
2369 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2370 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2371 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2372 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2373 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2374 do
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
657
|
2376 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2377 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2378 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader, lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2379 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2380 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2381 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2382 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2383 return;
|
|
659
|
2384 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2385 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2386 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2387 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 i = 0;
|
|
|
2390 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2391 do
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
657
|
2393 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2394 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2395 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader,
|
|
|
2396 lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2397 {
|
|
659
|
2398 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2403 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2404 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2405 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2406 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 else
|
|
|
2409 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2410 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2411 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2412 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2415 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2416 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2417 else
|
|
|
2418 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2422 {
|
|
|
2423 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2424 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2425 {
|
|
|
2426 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2427 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2428 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2429 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
540
|
2431 }
|
|
|
2432 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2433 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2434
|
|
|
2435 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2436 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438 }
|
|
|
2439 else
|
|
|
2440 {
|
|
|
2441 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2442 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2443 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2444 break;
|
|
|
2445 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2446 }
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2451 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2452 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2453 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2454 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2455 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2456 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2457 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2458 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2459 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462
|
|
7
|
2463 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2464 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2465
|
|
7
|
2466 /*
|
|
|
2467 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2468 * completions.
|
|
|
2469 */
|
|
|
2470 static void
|
|
659
|
2471 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
7
|
2472 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2473 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2474 int flags;
|
|
|
2475 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2478 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2479 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2480 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2481 int add_r;
|
|
|
2482 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2483 int count;
|
|
|
2484 int i;
|
|
|
2485 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2486 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2487
|
|
|
2488 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2489 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2490 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2491 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2492 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2493 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2494 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2495 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2496 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2497 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2498 {
|
|
|
2499 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2500 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2501 {
|
|
|
2502 count = 1;
|
|
|
2503 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505 else
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2508 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2509 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2510 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2511 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2512 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2513 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2514 count = 0;
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516
|
|
449
|
2517 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2520 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2521 {
|
|
274
|
2522 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2523 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2524 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2525 }
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2528 {
|
|
|
2529 /*
|
|
|
2530 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2531 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2532 */
|
|
449
|
2533 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2534 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2537 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
|
2539 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2540 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2541 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2542 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2543 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2544 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 /*
|
|
|
2549 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2550 */
|
|
|
2551 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2552 {
|
|
|
2553 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2554 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2555 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2556 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2557 break;
|
|
|
2558 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2562 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2563 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2564 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2565 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2566 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2567 {
|
|
474
|
2568 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2571 break;
|
|
|
2572 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2573 }
|
|
|
2574 else
|
|
|
2575 #endif
|
|
|
2576 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2577 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2578 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2582 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2583 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2584 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2585 break;
|
|
|
2586 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2587 * of line */
|
|
|
2588 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2589 break;
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2592 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2595 }
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2598 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2599 if (flags)
|
|
|
2600 break;
|
|
|
2601 }
|
|
|
2602 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2603 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2604 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2605 }
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 /*
|
|
|
2608 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2609 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2610 */
|
|
|
2611 char_u *
|
|
|
2612 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2613 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2616 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2617 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2618 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2619 else
|
|
|
2620 #endif
|
|
|
2621 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2622 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2623 return ptr;
|
|
|
2624 }
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 /*
|
|
|
2627 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2628 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2629 */
|
|
|
2630 char_u *
|
|
|
2631 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2632 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2635 int start_class;
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2638 {
|
|
|
2639 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2640 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2641 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
474
|
2643 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2644 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2645 break;
|
|
|
2646 }
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 else
|
|
|
2649 #endif
|
|
|
2650 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2651 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2652 return ptr;
|
|
|
2653 }
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 /*
|
|
|
2656 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2657 */
|
|
|
2658 static void
|
|
|
2659 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2660 {
|
|
464
|
2661 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2662
|
|
449
|
2663 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2664 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2665 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2666 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2667
|
|
|
2668 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2669 return;
|
|
540
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2672 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2673
|
|
449
|
2674 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2675 do
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
449
|
2677 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2678 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2679 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2680 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2681 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2682 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2683 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2684 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2685 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2686 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 static void
|
|
|
2690 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
449
|
2692 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2693 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2694 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2695 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2696 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2697 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2698 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2699 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2700 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 /*
|
|
659
|
2704 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2705 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2706 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2707 */
|
|
|
2708 static int
|
|
|
2709 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2710 {
|
|
|
2711 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2712 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2717 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2718 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2719 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2720 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2721 }
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2724 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2725 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2728 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2729 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2730 {
|
|
|
2731 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2732 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2733 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2734
|
|
|
2735 if (!compl_started)
|
|
|
2736 {
|
|
|
2737 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2738 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2739 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2740 else
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2743 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2744 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746 }
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2749 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2750 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2753 }
|
|
|
2754 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2755 }
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 /*
|
|
|
2758 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2759 * matches.
|
|
|
2760 */
|
|
|
2761 static void
|
|
|
2762 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2763 int c;
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2766 int cc;
|
|
|
2767
|
|
|
2768 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2773 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2774 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2775 }
|
|
|
2776 else
|
|
|
2777 #endif
|
|
|
2778 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2781 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2782 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2783 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2784 {
|
|
|
2785 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2786 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2787 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2788 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 }
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 /*
|
|
659
|
2793 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2794 * matches.
|
|
|
2795 */
|
|
|
2796 static void
|
|
|
2797 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2800 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2801 int c;
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2804 if (STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
|
2805 return;
|
|
|
2806 p += len;
|
|
|
2807 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2808 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2809 #else
|
|
|
2810 c = *p;
|
|
|
2811 #endif
|
|
|
2812 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2813 }
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 /*
|
|
7
|
2816 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2817 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2818 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2819 */
|
|
540
|
2820 static int
|
|
7
|
2821 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2822 int c;
|
|
|
2823 {
|
|
|
2824 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2825 int temp;
|
|
|
2826 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2827 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2830 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2831 */
|
|
|
2832 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2833 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2836 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2837 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2838
|
|
665
|
2839 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
2840 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
2841 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
2844 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2845 }
|
|
|
2846
|
|
7
|
2847 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2848 {
|
|
|
2849 /*
|
|
|
2850 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2851 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2852 */
|
|
|
2853 switch (c)
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2856 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2857 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2858 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2859 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2860 else
|
|
|
2861 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2862 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2863 showmode();
|
|
|
2864 break;
|
|
|
2865 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2866 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2867 break;
|
|
|
2868 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2869 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2870 break;
|
|
|
2871 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2872 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2873 break;
|
|
|
2874 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2875 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2876 break;
|
|
|
2877 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2878 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2879 break;
|
|
12
|
2880 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2881 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2882 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2883 break;
|
|
449
|
2884 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2885 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2886 break;
|
|
502
|
2887 #endif
|
|
477
|
2888 case 's':
|
|
|
2889 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2890 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2891 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2892 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2893 #endif
|
|
477
|
2894 break;
|
|
7
|
2895 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2896 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2897 break;
|
|
|
2898 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2899 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2900 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2901 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2902 break;
|
|
|
2903 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2904 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2905 break;
|
|
|
2906 #endif
|
|
|
2907 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2908 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2909 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2910 break;
|
|
|
2911 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2912 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2913 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2914 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2915 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2916 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2917 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2918 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2919 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2920 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2921 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2922 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2923 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2924 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2925 default:
|
|
449
|
2926 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2927 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2928 * mode).
|
|
|
2929 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2930 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2931 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2932 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2933 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2934 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2935 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2936 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
449
|
2938 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2939 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2940 else
|
|
449
|
2941 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2942 }
|
|
|
2943 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2944 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2945 showmode();
|
|
|
2946 break;
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
|
2948 }
|
|
|
2949 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2952 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2953 {
|
|
|
2954 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2955 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2956 else
|
|
|
2957 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2958 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2959 }
|
|
|
2960 showmode();
|
|
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962
|
|
449
|
2963 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2966 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2967 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2968 showmode();
|
|
644
|
2969 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
2970 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
2971 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2972 {
|
|
|
2973 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2974 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2975 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2976 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2977 {
|
|
449
|
2978 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2979
|
|
7
|
2980 /*
|
|
|
2981 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2982 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2983 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2984 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2985 */
|
|
464
|
2986 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2987 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2988 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2989 {
|
|
449
|
2990 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2991 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
449
|
2993 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2994 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2995 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2996 }
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2999 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3000 #endif
|
|
|
3001 /*
|
|
|
3002 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3003 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3004 */
|
|
449
|
3005 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3006 {
|
|
|
3007 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3008 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3009 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3012 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3013 }
|
|
|
3014 #endif
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016 else
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
3019 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
3020 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3021 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
3022 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3026
|
|
540
|
3027 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
3028 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
3029 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
3030 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3031
|
|
7
|
3032 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3033 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3034 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3035 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3036 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
3037 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
3038 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
3039 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3040 {
|
|
|
3041 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3042 showmode();
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3046 /*
|
|
|
3047 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3048 */
|
|
|
3049 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3050 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3051 #endif
|
|
|
3052 }
|
|
|
3053 }
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3056 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3057 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3058 {
|
|
449
|
3059 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3060 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3061 }
|
|
540
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3064 }
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 /*
|
|
|
3067 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3068 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3069 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3070 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3071 *
|
|
|
3072 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3073 */
|
|
|
3074 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3075 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3076 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3077 int flag;
|
|
|
3078 {
|
|
|
3079 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3080 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3081 #endif
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3084 {
|
|
|
3085 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3086 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3087 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3088 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3089 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3090 ;
|
|
|
3091 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3092 #else
|
|
|
3093 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3094 #endif
|
|
|
3095 }
|
|
|
3096 else
|
|
|
3097 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3098 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3099 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3100 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3101 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3102 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3103 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3104 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
3105 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
3106 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
3107 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
3108 ;
|
|
|
3109 return buf;
|
|
|
3110 }
|
|
|
3111
|
|
12
|
3112 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3113 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 /*
|
|
523
|
3116 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3117 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3118 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3119 */
|
|
659
|
3120 static void
|
|
|
3121 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3122 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3123 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3124 {
|
|
452
|
3125 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3126 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3127 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3128 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3129 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3130 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3131 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3132 char_u *x;
|
|
502
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3135 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3136 return;
|
|
452
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3139 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3140 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3143 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3144 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3145 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3146 return;
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3149 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
659
|
3151 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
|
3153 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3154 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3155 }
|
|
|
3156 else
|
|
|
3157 {
|
|
|
3158 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3159 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3160 }
|
|
452
|
3161 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3162 {
|
|
659
|
3163 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
|
3164 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3165 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3166 }
|
|
648
|
3167 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3168 break;
|
|
452
|
3169 }
|
|
|
3170
|
|
|
3171 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3172 }
|
|
|
3173 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3174
|
|
449
|
3175 /*
|
|
|
3176 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3177 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3178 * compl_direction.
|
|
449
|
3179 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
3180 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
3181 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3182 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3183 */
|
|
|
3184 static int
|
|
659
|
3185 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3186 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3187 {
|
|
|
3188 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3189 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3190 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3191 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3192 certain type. */
|
|
|
3193 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3194
|
|
464
|
3195 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3196 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3197 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3198 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3199 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3200 int i;
|
|
|
3201 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3202 int len;
|
|
|
3203 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3204 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3205 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3206 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3207 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3208 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3209
|
|
449
|
3210 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3211 {
|
|
|
3212 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3213 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3214 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3215 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3216 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3217 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3218 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220
|
|
449
|
3221 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3222 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3223 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3224 for (;;)
|
|
|
3225 {
|
|
|
3226 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3227
|
|
449
|
3228 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3229 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3230 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3231 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3232 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3233 {
|
|
|
3234 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3235 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3236 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3237 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3240 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3241 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3242 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3243 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3244 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3245 type = 0;
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3248 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3249 {
|
|
|
3250 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3251 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3252 {
|
|
449
|
3253 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3254 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3255 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3256 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3257 type = 0;
|
|
|
3258 }
|
|
|
3259 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3260 {
|
|
|
3261 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3262 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3263 continue;
|
|
|
3264 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3265 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3266 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3267 }
|
|
274
|
3268 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3269 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3270 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3271 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3272 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3273 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3274 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3277 break;
|
|
|
3278 else
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
|
3280 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3281 type = -1;
|
|
|
3282 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3283 {
|
|
|
3284 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3285 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3286 else
|
|
|
3287 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3288 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3291 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3292 }
|
|
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3295 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3296 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3297 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3298 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3299 #endif
|
|
|
3300 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3301 {
|
|
|
3302 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3303 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3304 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3305 }
|
|
|
3306 else
|
|
|
3307 type = -1;
|
|
|
3308
|
|
|
3309 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3310 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3313 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3314 continue;
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317
|
|
|
3318 switch (type)
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 case -1:
|
|
|
3321 break;
|
|
|
3322 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3323 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3324 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3325 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3326 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3327 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3328 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3329 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3330 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3331 break;
|
|
|
3332 #endif
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3335 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3336 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3337 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3338 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3339 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3340 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3341 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3342 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3343 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3344 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3345 compl_pattern,
|
|
7
|
3346 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3347 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3348 break;
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3351 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3352 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3353 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3356 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3357 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3358 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3359 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3360 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
659
|
3362 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3365 break;
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3368 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3369 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3373 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
659
|
3374 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376 break;
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3379 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3380 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3381 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
659
|
3382 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3383 break;
|
|
|
3384
|
|
12
|
3385 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3386 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3387 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3388 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3389 break;
|
|
|
3390 #endif
|
|
|
3391
|
|
477
|
3392 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3393 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3394 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3395 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3396 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
659
|
3397 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
477
|
3398 #endif
|
|
|
3399 break;
|
|
|
3400
|
|
7
|
3401 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3402 /*
|
|
|
3403 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3404 */
|
|
|
3405 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3406 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3407 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3408
|
|
7
|
3409 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3410 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3411 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3412 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3413 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3414 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3415 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3416 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3417 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3418 for (;;)
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
464
|
3420 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3421
|
|
540
|
3422 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3423 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3424 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3425 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3426 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3427 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3428 else
|
|
659
|
3429 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3430 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3431 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3432 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3433 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3434 {
|
|
449
|
3435 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3436 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3437 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3438 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
3441 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
3442 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3443 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3444 {
|
|
|
3445 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3446 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3447 break;
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449
|
|
|
3450 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3451 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3452 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3453 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3454 continue;
|
|
|
3455 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3456 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3457 {
|
|
449
|
3458 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3459 {
|
|
|
3460 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3461 continue;
|
|
|
3462 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3463 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3464 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 else
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
449
|
3470 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3473 {
|
|
449
|
3474 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3475 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3476 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3477 continue;
|
|
|
3478 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3479 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3482 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3483 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3484
|
|
449
|
3485 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3486 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3487 {
|
|
|
3488 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3489 {
|
|
|
3490 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3491 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3492 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3493 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3494 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3495 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3496 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3497 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3498 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3499 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3500 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3501 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3502 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
419
|
3504 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3505 {
|
|
419
|
3506 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3507 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3508 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3509 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3510 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3511 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3512 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3513 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3514 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3515 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3516 }
|
|
|
3517 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3518 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3519 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3520 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3521 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3522 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3525 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
449
|
3527 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3528 continue;
|
|
|
3529 }
|
|
|
3530 }
|
|
|
3531 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3532 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3533 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3536 break;
|
|
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3540 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3541 }
|
|
540
|
3542
|
|
449
|
3543 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3544 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3545 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3546 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3549 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3550 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3551 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3552 {
|
|
|
3553 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3554 break;
|
|
665
|
3555 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
540
|
3556 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3557 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
3558
|
|
540
|
3559 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3560 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3561 break;
|
|
|
3562 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3563 }
|
|
|
3564 else
|
|
|
3565 {
|
|
|
3566 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3567 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3568 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
449
|
3572 }
|
|
|
3573 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3576 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3577 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3578
|
|
|
3579 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3580 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3581 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3582 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3585 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3586 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3587 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3588 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3589 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3590 return i;
|
|
|
3591 }
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3594 static void
|
|
|
3595 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3596 {
|
|
|
3597 int i;
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /*
|
|
|
3600 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3601 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3602 */
|
|
449
|
3603 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3604 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3605 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3606 }
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3609 static void
|
|
|
3610 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
464
|
3612 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3613 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 /*
|
|
|
3617 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3618 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3619 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3620 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3621 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3622 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3623 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3624 *
|
|
449
|
3625 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3626 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3627 *
|
|
|
3628 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3629 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3630 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3631 */
|
|
|
3632 static int
|
|
665
|
3633 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
3634 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3635 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3636 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
3637 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
3638 {
|
|
|
3639 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3640 int i;
|
|
610
|
3641 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3642 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3643 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3644
|
|
665
|
3645 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3646 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
3649 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
|
3650 while (STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3651 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0
|
|
|
3652 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3653 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3654 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3655 }
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
|
3658 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
3659 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3660 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
3661
|
|
449
|
3662 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3663
|
|
|
3664 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3665 * around. */
|
|
|
3666 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3667 {
|
|
|
3668 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3669 {
|
|
|
3670 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3671 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3672 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3673 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3676 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
657
|
3678 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3679 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3680 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682 else
|
|
610
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3685 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3686 return -1;
|
|
|
3687
|
|
659
|
3688 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
657
|
3689 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3690 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3691 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3694 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3695 && STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3696 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0)
|
|
|
3697 ++todo;
|
|
|
3698 else
|
|
|
3699 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3700 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3703 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3704 {
|
|
|
3705 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3706 {
|
|
657
|
3707 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3708 break;
|
|
610
|
3709 }
|
|
657
|
3710 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3711 }
|
|
7
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713
|
|
665
|
3714 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
3715 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3718 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3719 else
|
|
|
3720 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722 else
|
|
|
3723 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3726 {
|
|
540
|
3727 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3728 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3729
|
|
665
|
3730 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
3731 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3732
|
|
540
|
3733 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3734 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3735
|
|
7
|
3736 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3737 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3738 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3739 }
|
|
|
3740
|
|
|
3741 /*
|
|
|
3742 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3743 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3744 */
|
|
464
|
3745 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3746 {
|
|
|
3747 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3748 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3749 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3750 i = 0;
|
|
|
3751 else
|
|
|
3752 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3753 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3754 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3755 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3756 }
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 /*
|
|
|
3762 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3763 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3764 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3765 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3766 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3767 */
|
|
|
3768 void
|
|
464
|
3769 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3770 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3771 {
|
|
|
3772 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 int c;
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3777 * scripts */
|
|
|
3778 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3779 return;
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3782 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3783 return;
|
|
|
3784 count = 0;
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3787 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3788 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3789 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3790 {
|
|
|
3791 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3794 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
3795 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
3796 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
3797 }
|
|
|
3798 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3799 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
665
|
3802 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
610
|
3803 }
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 /*
|
|
|
3806 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3807 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3808 */
|
|
|
3809 static int
|
|
|
3810 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3811 int c;
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
665
|
3813 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
3814 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
3815 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
3816 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3817 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3818 }
|
|
|
3819
|
|
|
3820 /*
|
|
644
|
3821 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3822 * is visible.
|
|
|
3823 */
|
|
|
3824 static int
|
|
|
3825 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3826 int c;
|
|
|
3827 {
|
|
|
3828 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
3829 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
3830 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
3831 }
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 /*
|
|
610
|
3834 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3835 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3836 */
|
|
|
3837 static int
|
|
|
3838 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3839 int c;
|
|
|
3840 {
|
|
|
3841 int h;
|
|
|
3842
|
|
665
|
3843 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
3844 {
|
|
|
3845 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3846 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3847 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3848 return h;
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3851 }
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 /*
|
|
|
3854 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3855 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3856 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3857 */
|
|
|
3858 static int
|
|
|
3859 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3860 int c;
|
|
7
|
3861 {
|
|
449
|
3862 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3863 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3864 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3865 int n;
|
|
7
|
3866
|
|
610
|
3867 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3868 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3869 {
|
|
|
3870 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3871
|
|
|
3872 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3873 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3874 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3877 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3878 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3879 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3880 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3881 #endif
|
|
|
3882 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3883 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3884
|
|
|
3885 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3886 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3887
|
|
|
3888 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3889 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3890 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3891 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3892 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3893 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3894 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3895 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
3896 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
3897 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 /*
|
|
|
3900 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3901 */
|
|
449
|
3902 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3903 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3904 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3905 {
|
|
449
|
3906 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3907 {
|
|
449
|
3908 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3909 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3910 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3911 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3912 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3913 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3914 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3915 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 else
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3920 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3921 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3922 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3923 {
|
|
449
|
3924 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3925 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3926 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3927 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3928 }
|
|
449
|
3929 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3930 }
|
|
449
|
3931 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3932 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3933 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3934 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3935 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3936 {
|
|
449
|
3937 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3938 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3939 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3940 }
|
|
449
|
3941 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3942 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3943 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3946 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3947 else
|
|
449
|
3948 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3949 }
|
|
|
3950 else
|
|
449
|
3951 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3956 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3957 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3958 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3959 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3960 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3961 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3962 }
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3965 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
449
|
3967 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3968 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3969 {
|
|
449
|
3970 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3971 {
|
|
449
|
3972 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3973 ;
|
|
449
|
3974 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3975 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3976 }
|
|
|
3977 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3978 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3979 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3980 else
|
|
449
|
3981 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3982 compl_length);
|
|
|
3983 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3984 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3985 }
|
|
449
|
3986 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3987 {
|
|
|
3988 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3991 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3992 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3993 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3994 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3995 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3996 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3997 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3998 && (
|
|
|
3999 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4000 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4001 #else
|
|
449
|
4002 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4003 #endif
|
|
|
4004 )))
|
|
|
4005 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4006 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4007 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4008 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4009 }
|
|
449
|
4010 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4011 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4012 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4013 #else
|
|
449
|
4014 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4015 #endif
|
|
|
4016 )
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
|
4018 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4019 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4020 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4021 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4022 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4023 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4024 }
|
|
|
4025 else
|
|
|
4026 {
|
|
|
4027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4028 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4029 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4030 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4031 {
|
|
|
4032 int base_class;
|
|
|
4033 int head_off;
|
|
|
4034
|
|
449
|
4035 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4036 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4037 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4038 {
|
|
449
|
4039 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4040 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4041 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4042 break;
|
|
449
|
4043 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045 }
|
|
|
4046 else
|
|
|
4047 #endif
|
|
449
|
4048 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4049 ;
|
|
449
|
4050 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4051 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4052 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4053 {
|
|
|
4054 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4055 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4056 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4057 */
|
|
449
|
4058 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4059 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4060 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4061 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4062 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4063 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4064 }
|
|
|
4065 else
|
|
|
4066 {
|
|
449
|
4067 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4068 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4069 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4070 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4071 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4072 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4073 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4074 }
|
|
|
4075 }
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4078 {
|
|
449
|
4079 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
4080 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4081 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4082 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4083 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4084 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4085 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4086 else
|
|
449
|
4087 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4088 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4089 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4092 {
|
|
449
|
4093 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4094 ;
|
|
449
|
4095 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4096 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4097 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4098 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4099 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4100 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4103 {
|
|
449
|
4104 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4105 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4106 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4107 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4108 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4109 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4110 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4111 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4112 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4113 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4114 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4115 }
|
|
523
|
4116 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4117 {
|
|
12
|
4118 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4119 /*
|
|
502
|
4120 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4121 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4122 */
|
|
502
|
4123 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4124 int col;
|
|
502
|
4125 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4126 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4127
|
|
523
|
4128 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4129 * string */
|
|
|
4130 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4131 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4132 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4135 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4136 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4137 }
|
|
452
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4140 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4141 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4142 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4143 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4144
|
|
452
|
4145 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4146 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4147 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4148 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4149 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4152 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4153 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4154 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4155 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4156 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4157 #endif
|
|
449
|
4158 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4159 }
|
|
477
|
4160 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4161 {
|
|
|
4162 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4163 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4164 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4165 else
|
|
|
4166 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4167 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4168 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4169 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4170 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4171 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4172 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4173 #endif
|
|
|
4174 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4175 }
|
|
449
|
4176 else
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4179 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4183 {
|
|
|
4184 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4185 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4188 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4189 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4192 #endif
|
|
449
|
4193 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4194 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4195 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4196 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4197 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4198 #endif
|
|
449
|
4199 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4200 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4201 }
|
|
|
4202 }
|
|
|
4203 else
|
|
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4206 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4210 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4211 else
|
|
|
4212 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
4215 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
4216 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
4217 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4218 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
659
|
4219 -1, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4220 {
|
|
|
4221 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4222 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4223 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4224 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4225 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4226 }
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4229 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4230 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4231 */
|
|
|
4232 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4233 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4234 showmode();
|
|
|
4235 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4236 out_flush();
|
|
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238
|
|
449
|
4239 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4240 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 /*
|
|
665
|
4243 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4244 */
|
|
665
|
4245 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4246 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
449
|
4247
|
|
540
|
4248 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4249 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4250
|
|
449
|
4251 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4252 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4253 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4254 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4255 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4258 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4259 {
|
|
|
4260 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4261 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
|
4263
|
|
449
|
4264 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4265 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4266 {
|
|
|
4267 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4268 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4269 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4270 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4271 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4272 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4273 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4274 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4275 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4276 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4277 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4278 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4279 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4280 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4281 }
|
|
|
4282
|
|
464
|
4283 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4284 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4285 else
|
|
449
|
4286 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4289 {
|
|
464
|
4290 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4291 {
|
|
|
4292 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4293 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
449
|
4295 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4298 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4299 }
|
|
464
|
4300 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4303 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4304 }
|
|
|
4305 else
|
|
|
4306 {
|
|
|
4307 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4308 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4309 {
|
|
464
|
4310 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4311 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4312
|
|
449
|
4313 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4314 {
|
|
|
4315 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4316 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4317 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4318 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4319 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4320 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4321 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4322 {
|
|
464
|
4323 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4324 break;
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4327 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4328 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4329 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4330 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4331 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4332 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4335 {
|
|
|
4336 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4337 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4338 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4339 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4340 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4341 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4342 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4343 {
|
|
464
|
4344 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4345 break;
|
|
|
4346 }
|
|
|
4347 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4348 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4349 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4350 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4351 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4352 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4353 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355 }
|
|
|
4356
|
|
540
|
4357 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4358 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4359 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4362 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4363
|
|
449
|
4364 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4365 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4366 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4367 else
|
|
449
|
4368 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4369 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4370 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4371 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4372 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4373 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4374 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376 }
|
|
|
4377 }
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4380 showmode();
|
|
|
4381 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4384 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4385 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4386 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388 else
|
|
|
4389 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4390
|
|
540
|
4391 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4392
|
|
7
|
4393 return OK;
|
|
|
4394 }
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 /*
|
|
|
4397 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4398 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4399 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4400 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4401 */
|
|
|
4402 static int
|
|
|
4403 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4404 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4405 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4406 int len;
|
|
|
4407 {
|
|
|
4408 int m;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4411 {
|
|
|
4412 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4413 {
|
|
|
4414 case '.':
|
|
|
4415 case '*':
|
|
|
4416 case '[':
|
|
|
4417 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4418 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4419 break;
|
|
|
4420 case '~':
|
|
|
4421 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4422 break;
|
|
|
4423 case '\\':
|
|
|
4424 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4425 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4426 break;
|
|
|
4427 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4428 case '$':
|
|
|
4429 m++;
|
|
|
4430 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4431 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4432 break;
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4435 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4436 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4437 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4438 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4439 {
|
|
|
4440 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4441
|
|
474
|
4442 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4443 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4444 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4445 {
|
|
|
4446 --len;
|
|
|
4447 ++src;
|
|
|
4448 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4449 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4450 }
|
|
|
4451 }
|
|
464
|
4452 # endif
|
|
7
|
4453 }
|
|
|
4454 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4455 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 return m;
|
|
|
4458 }
|
|
|
4459 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 /*
|
|
|
4462 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4463 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4464 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4465 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4466 */
|
|
|
4467 int
|
|
|
4468 get_literal()
|
|
|
4469 {
|
|
|
4470 int cc;
|
|
|
4471 int nc;
|
|
|
4472 int i;
|
|
|
4473 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4474 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4476 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4477 #endif
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4480 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4483 /*
|
|
|
4484 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4485 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4486 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4487 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4488 */
|
|
|
4489 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4490 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4491 #endif
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4493 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4494 #endif
|
|
|
4495 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4496 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4497 i = 0;
|
|
|
4498 for (;;)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 do
|
|
|
4501 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4502 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4503 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4504 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4505 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4506 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4507 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4508 # endif
|
|
|
4509 )
|
|
|
4510 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4511 #endif
|
|
|
4512 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4513 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4514 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4515 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4517 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4518 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4519 #endif
|
|
|
4520 else
|
|
|
4521 {
|
|
|
4522 if (hex
|
|
|
4523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4524 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4525 #endif
|
|
|
4526 )
|
|
|
4527 {
|
|
|
4528 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4529 break;
|
|
|
4530 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
|
4532 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4533 {
|
|
|
4534 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4535 break;
|
|
|
4536 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4537 }
|
|
|
4538 else
|
|
|
4539 {
|
|
|
4540 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4541 break;
|
|
|
4542 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 ++i;
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4550 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4551 #endif
|
|
|
4552 )
|
|
|
4553 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4554 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4559 break;
|
|
|
4560 }
|
|
|
4561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4562 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4565 break;
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567 #endif
|
|
|
4568 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4569 break;
|
|
|
4570 }
|
|
|
4571 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4572 {
|
|
|
4573 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4576 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4577 }
|
|
|
4578 else
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4581 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4582 }
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4586 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4588 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4589 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4590 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4591 #endif
|
|
7
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4594 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4595 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4596 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4597 #endif
|
|
|
4598 if (nc)
|
|
|
4599 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4600 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4601 return cc;
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /*
|
|
|
4605 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4606 */
|
|
|
4607 static void
|
|
|
4608 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4609 int c;
|
|
|
4610 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4611 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4614 int len;
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 /*
|
|
|
4617 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4618 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4619 * mode.
|
|
|
4620 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4621 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4622 */
|
|
|
4623 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4624 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4625 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4626 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4627 #endif
|
|
|
4628 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4629 {
|
|
|
4630 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4631 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4632 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4633 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
|
4635 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4636 return;
|
|
|
4637 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4638 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4639 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4640 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642 }
|
|
|
4643 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4644 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4645 }
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 /*
|
|
|
4648 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4649 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4650 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4651 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4652 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4653 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4654 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4655 */
|
|
|
4656 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4657 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4658 #else
|
|
|
4659 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4660 #endif
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4663 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4664 #else
|
|
|
4665 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4666 #endif
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 void
|
|
|
4669 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4670 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4671 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4672 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
|
4674 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4675 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4676 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4677 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4678 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4679 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4680 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4681 #endif
|
|
|
4682 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4683 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4684 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4686 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4687 #endif
|
|
|
4688 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4689 int cc;
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4692 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4694 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4695 #endif
|
|
|
4696 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4697
|
|
|
4698 /*
|
|
|
4699 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4700 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4701 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4702 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4703 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4704 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4705 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4706 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4707 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4708 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4709 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4710 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4711 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4712 */
|
|
|
4713 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4714 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4715 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4716 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4717 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4718 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4719 #endif
|
|
|
4720 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4721 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4722 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4723 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4724 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4725 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4726 ))))))
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 /*
|
|
|
4729 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4730 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4735 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4738 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 /*
|
|
|
4743 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4744 */
|
|
|
4745 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4746 {
|
|
|
4747 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4748 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4749 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4750 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4751 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4752 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4753 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4754 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4755 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4756 #endif
|
|
|
4757 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4760 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4761 break;
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4764 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4765 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4766 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4767 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4768 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4771 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4772 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4773 else
|
|
|
4774 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4777 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4778 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4779 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4780 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4781 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4782 #endif
|
|
|
4783 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4784 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4785 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4786 #endif
|
|
|
4787 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 {
|
|
|
4790 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4791 break;
|
|
|
4792 }
|
|
|
4793 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4794 break;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4797 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4798 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4801 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4802 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4803 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4804 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4805 #endif
|
|
|
4806 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 /*
|
|
|
4809 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4810 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4811 */
|
|
|
4812 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4813 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4814 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4815 {
|
|
|
4816 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4817 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4818 {
|
|
|
4819 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4820 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4823 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4826 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4827 }
|
|
|
4828 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4829 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4830 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4831 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4832 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4833 break;
|
|
|
4834 #endif
|
|
|
4835 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
|
4837 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4838 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4839 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4842 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4843 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4846 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4847 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4850 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4851 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4852 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4853 else
|
|
|
4854 #endif
|
|
|
4855 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4856 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4857 break;
|
|
|
4858 }
|
|
|
4859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4860 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4861 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4864 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4865 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4866 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4867 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4868 break;
|
|
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870 #endif
|
|
|
4871 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4872 break;
|
|
|
4873 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4874 }
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4877 {
|
|
|
4878 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4879 break;
|
|
|
4880 }
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4883 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 /*
|
|
|
4886 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4887 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4888 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4889 */
|
|
|
4890 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4891 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4892 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4893 else
|
|
|
4894 #endif
|
|
|
4895 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 /*
|
|
|
4898 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4899 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4900 */
|
|
|
4901 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4902 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4903 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4904 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4905 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4906 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4907
|
|
|
4908 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4909 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 /*
|
|
|
4912 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4913 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4914 */
|
|
|
4915 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4916 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4917 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4918 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4919 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4920
|
|
|
4921 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4922 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4923 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4924 }
|
|
|
4925 else
|
|
|
4926 #endif
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
|
4928 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4929 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4930 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 /*
|
|
|
4934 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4935 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4936 */
|
|
|
4937 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4938 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4939 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4940 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4941 #endif
|
|
|
4942 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4943 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4946 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4949 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4950 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4951 {
|
|
|
4952 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4953 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4954 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4955 else
|
|
|
4956 #endif
|
|
|
4957 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4963 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4964 {
|
|
|
4965 /*
|
|
|
4966 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4967 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4968 */
|
|
|
4969 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4970 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972 else
|
|
|
4973 #endif
|
|
|
4974 {
|
|
|
4975 /*
|
|
|
4976 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4977 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4978 */
|
|
|
4979 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4980 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4981 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4982 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4986 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4987 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4988 #endif
|
|
|
4989 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4990 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4991 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4992 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4993 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4994 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4995 #endif
|
|
|
4996 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4997 }
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5000 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
5003 return;
|
|
|
5004 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5005 {
|
|
|
5006 update_topline();
|
|
|
5007 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5008 }
|
|
|
5009 }
|
|
|
5010 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5011 return;
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5014 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5015 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5016 {
|
|
|
5017 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5018 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5019 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5020 int i;
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 /*
|
|
|
5023 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5024 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5025 */
|
|
|
5026 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5027 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5028 {
|
|
|
5029 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5030 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5031 ++p;
|
|
|
5032 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5033 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5034 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5035 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5038 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5039 ++p;
|
|
|
5040 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5043 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5044 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5045 ;
|
|
|
5046 i++;
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5049 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5052 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5055 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5056
|
|
|
5057 /*
|
|
|
5058 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5059 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5060 */
|
|
|
5061 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063 }
|
|
|
5064 }
|
|
|
5065 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5066 #endif
|
|
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5069 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5070 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5071 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5072 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5073 #endif
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 /*
|
|
|
5076 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5077 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5078 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5079 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5080 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5081 */
|
|
|
5082 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5083 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5084 #endif
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5088 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5089 #endif
|
|
|
5090 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5091 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5092 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5093 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5094 #endif
|
|
|
5095 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5096 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5097 #endif
|
|
|
5098 )
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5101 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5102 int i;
|
|
|
5103 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5104
|
|
|
5105 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5106 i = 1;
|
|
|
5107 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
5108 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5109 /*
|
|
|
5110 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5111 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5112 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5113 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5114 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5115 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5116 */
|
|
|
5117 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5118 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5120 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5121 #endif
|
|
|
5122 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5123 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5124 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5125 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5128 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5129 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5130 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5131 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5132 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5133 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5134 # endif
|
|
|
5135 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5136 #else
|
|
|
5137 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5138 #endif
|
|
|
5139 }
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5142 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5143 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5144 #endif
|
|
|
5145 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5146 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5147 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5150 i = 1;
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 else
|
|
|
5153 i = 0;
|
|
|
5154 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5155 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157 else
|
|
|
5158 {
|
|
|
5159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5160 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5165 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5166 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5167 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169 else
|
|
|
5170 #endif
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5173 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5174 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5175 else
|
|
|
5176 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5177 }
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /*
|
|
|
5182 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5183 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5184 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5185 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5186 * saved here.
|
|
|
5187 */
|
|
|
5188 void
|
|
|
5189 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5190 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5191 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
|
5193 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5194 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5195 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5196 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5197 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5198 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5201 return;
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5204 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5207 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5210 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5211 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5212 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5213 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5214 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5215 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5216 {
|
|
|
5217 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5218 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5219 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5220 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5221 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5222 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5223 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5224 {
|
|
|
5225 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5226 return;
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5232 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5233 * comments. */
|
|
|
5234 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5235 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5236 return;
|
|
|
5237 #endif
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 /*
|
|
|
5240 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5241 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5242 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5243 */
|
|
|
5244 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5247 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5248 return;
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 /*
|
|
|
5252 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5253 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5254 */
|
|
|
5255 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5256 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5257 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5258 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5263 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5264 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5265 }
|
|
|
5266 else
|
|
|
5267 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5270 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5271 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5272 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5273 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5274 {
|
|
|
5275 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5276 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5277 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5280 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5281 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5282 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5283 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5284 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286 else
|
|
|
5287 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5288 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 /*
|
|
|
5295 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5296 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5297 * position.
|
|
|
5298 */
|
|
|
5299 static void
|
|
|
5300 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5301 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5304 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5307 {
|
|
301
|
5308 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5309 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5310 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5311 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5312 else
|
|
|
5313 {
|
|
|
5314 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5317 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5318 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5323 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5324 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5325 }
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327 }
|
|
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 /*
|
|
|
5331 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5332 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5333 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5334 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5335 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5336 */
|
|
|
5337 int
|
|
|
5338 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5339 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5344 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5347 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5348 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5349 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5350 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5351 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5352 #endif
|
|
|
5353 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5354 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5355 #endif
|
|
|
5356 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5357 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5358 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5359 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5360 # endif
|
|
|
5361 )
|
|
|
5362 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5363 #endif
|
|
|
5364 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5365 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5368 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5369 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5372 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5373 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5374 }
|
|
|
5375 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 /*
|
|
|
5379 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5380 */
|
|
|
5381 static void
|
|
|
5382 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5383 int c;
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5388 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5389 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5392 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394 else
|
|
|
5395 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5396 }
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 /*
|
|
|
5399 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5400 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5401 */
|
|
|
5402 static void
|
|
|
5403 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5404 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
|
5406 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5409 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5410 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5411 }
|
|
221
|
5412 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5413 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5414 #endif
|
|
7
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416
|
|
221
|
5417 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5418 /*
|
|
|
5419 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5420 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5421 */
|
|
|
5422 static void
|
|
|
5423 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5430 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
484
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /*
|
|
|
5435 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5436 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5437 */
|
|
|
5438 static void
|
|
|
5439 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5440 {
|
|
|
5441 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5442
|
|
499
|
5443 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5444 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5445 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5446 }
|
|
221
|
5447 #endif
|
|
|
5448
|
|
7
|
5449 /*
|
|
|
5450 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5451 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5452 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5453 */
|
|
|
5454 int
|
|
|
5455 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5458 {
|
|
|
5459 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5462 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5463 }
|
|
|
5464 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5465 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5466 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5467 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5469 {
|
|
|
5470 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5471 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5472 }
|
|
|
5473 #endif
|
|
|
5474 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5475 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5476 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5477 }
|
|
|
5478 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5481 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5485 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5486 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5487 #endif
|
|
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5490 }
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 /*
|
|
|
5493 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5494 */
|
|
|
5495 static void
|
|
|
5496 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5497 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5498 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5499 {
|
|
603
|
5500 int cc;
|
|
|
5501 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5502
|
|
|
5503 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5504 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 /*
|
|
603
|
5507 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5508 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5509 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5510 */
|
|
603
|
5511 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5512 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5513 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5514 {
|
|
|
5515 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5516 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5517 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519 else
|
|
|
5520 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5523 {
|
|
|
5524 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5525 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5526 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5527 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5528 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5529 {
|
|
10
|
5530 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5531
|
|
7
|
5532 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5533 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5534 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5535 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5536 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5539 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5540 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5541 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5542 }
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5545
|
|
10
|
5546 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5549 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5550 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5551 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5552 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5553 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5554 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5555 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5556 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5557 #endif
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
7
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5562 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5565 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5566 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5567 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5568 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5569 {
|
|
10
|
5570 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5573 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5574 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5575 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5576 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5577 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5578 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5579 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5580 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5583 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5584 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5585 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5586 {
|
|
|
5587 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5588 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5591 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5592 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5593 # endif
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596 #endif
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5600 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5601 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5602 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5603 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5604 #endif
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5607 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5608 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 /*
|
|
|
5612 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5613 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5614 */
|
|
|
5615 void
|
|
|
5616 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5617 int c;
|
|
|
5618 {
|
|
|
5619 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5623 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5624 #else
|
|
|
5625 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5626 #endif
|
|
|
5627 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5628 {
|
|
|
5629 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5630 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5631 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5632 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5633 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5634 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5635 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5636 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5637 }
|
|
|
5638 }
|
|
|
5639
|
|
359
|
5640 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5641 void
|
|
|
5642 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5645 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5646 }
|
|
|
5647 #endif
|
|
|
5648
|
|
7
|
5649 /*
|
|
|
5650 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5651 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5652 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5653 */
|
|
|
5654 char_u *
|
|
|
5655 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5656 int c;
|
|
|
5657 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5660 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5661 int i;
|
|
|
5662 int len;
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5665 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5668 #endif
|
|
|
5669 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5670 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5671 {
|
|
|
5672 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5673 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5674 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5677 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5680 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5681 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 #endif
|
|
|
5684 else
|
|
|
5685 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5687 }
|
|
|
5688 #endif
|
|
|
5689 return s;
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691
|
|
|
5692 /*
|
|
|
5693 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5694 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5695 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5696 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5697 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5698 */
|
|
|
5699 void
|
|
|
5700 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5701 int flags;
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5704 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5705 else
|
|
|
5706 {
|
|
|
5707 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5708 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5709 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5710 #endif
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5717 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5718 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5719 }
|
|
|
5720 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 /*
|
|
|
5725 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5726 *
|
|
|
5727 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5728 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5729 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5730 */
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 int
|
|
|
5733 oneright()
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5737 int l;
|
|
|
5738 #endif
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5741 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5746 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5747 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5749 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5750 #else
|
|
|
5751 *ptr
|
|
|
5752 #endif
|
|
|
5753 ))
|
|
|
5754 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5755 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5756 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5757 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5758 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5759 }
|
|
|
5760 #endif
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5764 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5767 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5768 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5769 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5770 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5771 }
|
|
|
5772 else
|
|
|
5773 #endif
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5776 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5777 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5781 return OK;
|
|
|
5782 }
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 int
|
|
|
5785 oneleft()
|
|
|
5786 {
|
|
|
5787 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5788 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 int width;
|
|
|
5791 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5794 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5797 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5798 width = 1;
|
|
|
5799 for (;;)
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5802 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5803 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5804 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5805 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5806 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5807 # endif
|
|
|
5808 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5809 break;
|
|
|
5810 ++width;
|
|
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812 # else
|
|
|
5813 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5814 # endif
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5817 {
|
|
|
5818 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5821 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5822 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5823 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5824 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5825 # else
|
|
|
5826 *ptr
|
|
|
5827 # endif
|
|
|
5828 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5829 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5830 }
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5833 return OK;
|
|
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835 #endif
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5838 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5839
|
|
|
5840 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5841 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5844 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5845 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5846 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5847 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5848 #endif
|
|
|
5849 return OK;
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 int
|
|
|
5853 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5854 long n;
|
|
|
5855 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5860 {
|
|
|
5861 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5862 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5863 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5864 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5865 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5866 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5867 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5868 else
|
|
|
5869 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5870 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 /*
|
|
|
5873 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5874 */
|
|
|
5875 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5876 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 while (n--)
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5881 --lnum;
|
|
|
5882 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5883 break;
|
|
|
5884 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5885 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5886 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5887 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5888 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5889 }
|
|
|
5890 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5891 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5892 }
|
|
|
5893 else
|
|
|
5894 #endif
|
|
|
5895 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5897 }
|
|
|
5898
|
|
|
5899 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5900 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5903 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 return OK;
|
|
|
5906 }
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 /*
|
|
|
5909 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5910 */
|
|
|
5911 int
|
|
|
5912 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5913 long n;
|
|
|
5914 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5915 {
|
|
|
5916 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5919 {
|
|
|
5920 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5921 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5922 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5923 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5924 #endif
|
|
161
|
5925 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5926 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5927 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5928 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5929 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5930 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5931 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5932 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5933 else
|
|
|
5934 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5935 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5940 while (n--)
|
|
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5943 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5944 else
|
|
|
5945 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5946 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5947 break;
|
|
|
5948 }
|
|
|
5949 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5950 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5951 }
|
|
|
5952 else
|
|
|
5953 #endif
|
|
|
5954 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5955 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5956 }
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5959 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5962 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 return OK;
|
|
|
5965 }
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 /*
|
|
|
5968 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5969 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5970 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5971 */
|
|
|
5972 int
|
|
|
5973 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5974 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5975 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5976 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5977 {
|
|
|
5978 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5979 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5980 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5981 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5984 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5985 {
|
|
|
5986 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5987 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5988 }
|
|
|
5989
|
|
|
5990 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5991 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5992 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5993 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5994 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5997 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5998 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5999 */
|
|
|
6000 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6001 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6002 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6003 {
|
|
|
6004 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6005 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6006 }
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 do
|
|
|
6009 {
|
|
|
6010 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6011 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6012 if (last)
|
|
|
6013 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6014 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6015 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6016 }
|
|
|
6017 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 if (last)
|
|
|
6020 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6023 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6026 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6027 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 return OK;
|
|
|
6030 }
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 char_u *
|
|
|
6033 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6034 {
|
|
|
6035 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6036 return NULL;
|
|
|
6037 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6038 }
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 /*
|
|
|
6041 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6042 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6043 */
|
|
|
6044 char_u *
|
|
|
6045 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6046 {
|
|
|
6047 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6048 int len;
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6051 return NULL;
|
|
|
6052 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6053 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6054 {
|
|
|
6055 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6056 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6057 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6058 }
|
|
|
6059 return s;
|
|
|
6060 }
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 /*
|
|
|
6063 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6064 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6065 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6066 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6067 */
|
|
|
6068 static int
|
|
|
6069 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6070 int c;
|
|
|
6071 {
|
|
|
6072 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6073 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6074 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6075 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6078 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6079 }
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 /*
|
|
|
6082 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6083 *
|
|
|
6084 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6085 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6086 *
|
|
|
6087 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6088 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6089 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6090 *
|
|
|
6091 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6092 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6093 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6094 *
|
|
|
6095 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6096 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6097 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6098 */
|
|
|
6099
|
|
298
|
6100 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6101 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6102 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 void
|
|
|
6105 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6106 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6107 {
|
|
|
6108 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6111 return;
|
|
|
6112 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6113 {
|
|
|
6114 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6115 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6116 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6117 {
|
|
|
6118 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6119 return;
|
|
|
6120 }
|
|
|
6121 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6122 {
|
|
|
6123 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6124 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6125 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6126 }
|
|
|
6127 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6128 }
|
|
|
6129 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6130 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6131 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6132 *p = c;
|
|
|
6133 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6134 }
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /*
|
|
|
6137 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6138 */
|
|
|
6139 static void
|
|
|
6140 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6141 int c;
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6146 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6147 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6148 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6149 break;
|
|
|
6150 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6151 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6152 }
|
|
|
6153
|
|
|
6154 /*
|
|
|
6155 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6156 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6157 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6158 */
|
|
|
6159 static int
|
|
|
6160 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6161 {
|
|
|
6162 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6163 return -1;
|
|
|
6164 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6165 }
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167 /*
|
|
|
6168 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6169 * encountered.
|
|
|
6170 */
|
|
|
6171 static void
|
|
|
6172 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6173 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6174 {
|
|
|
6175 int i;
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6178 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6179 {
|
|
|
6180 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6181 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6182 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6183 return;
|
|
|
6184 }
|
|
|
6185 }
|
|
|
6186
|
|
|
6187 /*
|
|
|
6188 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6189 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6190 */
|
|
|
6191 static void
|
|
|
6192 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6193 {
|
|
|
6194 int cc;
|
|
|
6195 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6198 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6199 {
|
|
|
6200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6201 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6202 #else
|
|
|
6203 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6204 #endif
|
|
|
6205 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6206 }
|
|
|
6207 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6208 }
|
|
|
6209
|
|
|
6210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6211 /*
|
|
|
6212 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6213 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6214 */
|
|
|
6215 static void
|
|
|
6216 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6217 int cc;
|
|
|
6218 {
|
|
|
6219 int n;
|
|
|
6220 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6221 int i;
|
|
|
6222 int c;
|
|
|
6223
|
|
|
6224 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6225 {
|
|
|
6226 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6227 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6228 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6229 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6230 }
|
|
|
6231 else
|
|
|
6232 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6233
|
|
|
6234 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6235 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6236 for (;;)
|
|
|
6237 {
|
|
|
6238 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6239 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6240 break;
|
|
|
6241 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6244 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6245 break;
|
|
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247 else
|
|
|
6248 {
|
|
|
6249 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6250 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6251 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6252 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6253 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6254 else
|
|
|
6255 {
|
|
|
6256 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6257 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6258 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6259 break;
|
|
|
6260 }
|
|
|
6261 }
|
|
|
6262 }
|
|
|
6263 }
|
|
|
6264 #endif
|
|
|
6265
|
|
|
6266 /*
|
|
|
6267 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6268 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6269 */
|
|
|
6270 static void
|
|
|
6271 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6272 {
|
|
|
6273 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6274 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6275 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6276 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6277 }
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 /*
|
|
|
6280 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6281 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6282 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6283 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6284 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6285 */
|
|
|
6286 static void
|
|
|
6287 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6288 {
|
|
|
6289 int cc;
|
|
|
6290 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6291 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6292 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6293 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6294 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6295 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6296 int i;
|
|
|
6297 int vcol;
|
|
|
6298 #endif
|
|
|
6299
|
|
|
6300 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6301 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6302 {
|
|
|
6303 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6304 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6305 {
|
|
|
6306 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6307 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6308 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6309 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6310 }
|
|
|
6311 #endif
|
|
|
6312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6313 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6314 {
|
|
|
6315 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6316 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6317 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6318 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6319 # endif
|
|
|
6320 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6321 }
|
|
|
6322 else
|
|
|
6323 #endif
|
|
|
6324 {
|
|
|
6325 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6326 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6327 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6328 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6329 #endif
|
|
|
6330 }
|
|
|
6331 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6334 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6335 {
|
|
|
6336 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6337 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6338 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6339 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6340 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6341 {
|
|
|
6342 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6343 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6344 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6345 #endif
|
|
|
6346 }
|
|
|
6347 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6350 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6351 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6352 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6353 {
|
|
|
6354 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6355 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6356 }
|
|
|
6357 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359 #endif
|
|
|
6360
|
|
|
6361 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6362 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6363 }
|
|
|
6364 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6365 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6366 }
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6369 /*
|
|
|
6370 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6371 */
|
|
|
6372 static int
|
|
|
6373 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6376 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6377 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6378 # endif
|
|
|
6379 ));
|
|
|
6380 }
|
|
|
6381 #endif
|
|
|
6382
|
|
|
6383 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6384 /*
|
|
|
6385 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6386 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6387 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6388 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6389 */
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 void
|
|
|
6392 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6393 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6394 {
|
|
|
6395 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6396 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6397 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6398 }
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 void
|
|
|
6401 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6402 {
|
|
|
6403 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6404 return;
|
|
|
6405 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6406 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6407 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6408 # endif
|
|
|
6409 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6410 else
|
|
|
6411 # endif
|
|
|
6412 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6413 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6414 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6415 # endif
|
|
|
6416 }
|
|
|
6417
|
|
|
6418 #endif
|
|
|
6419
|
|
|
6420 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6421 /*
|
|
|
6422 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6423 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6424 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6425 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6426 *
|
|
|
6427 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6428 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6429 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6430 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6431 *
|
|
|
6432 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6433 */
|
|
|
6434 int
|
|
|
6435 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6436 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6437 int when;
|
|
|
6438 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6439 {
|
|
|
6440 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6441 int try_match;
|
|
|
6442 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6443 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6444 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6445 int icase;
|
|
|
6446 int i;
|
|
|
6447
|
|
|
6448 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6449 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6450 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6451 else
|
|
|
6452 #endif
|
|
|
6453 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6454 while (*look)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 /*
|
|
|
6457 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6458 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6459 */
|
|
|
6460 switch (when)
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
|
6462 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6463 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6464 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6467 ++look;
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 /*
|
|
|
6470 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6471 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6472 */
|
|
|
6473 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6474 {
|
|
|
6475 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6476 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6477 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6478 ++look;
|
|
|
6479 }
|
|
|
6480 else
|
|
|
6481 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 /*
|
|
|
6484 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6485 */
|
|
|
6486 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6487 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6488 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6489 #else
|
|
|
6490 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6491 #endif
|
|
|
6492 )
|
|
|
6493 {
|
|
|
6494 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6495 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6496 look += 2;
|
|
|
6497 }
|
|
|
6498 /*
|
|
|
6499 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6500 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6501 */
|
|
|
6502 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6503 {
|
|
|
6504 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6505 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6506 ++look;
|
|
|
6507 }
|
|
|
6508 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6509 {
|
|
|
6510 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6511 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6512 ++look;
|
|
|
6513 }
|
|
|
6514
|
|
|
6515 /*
|
|
|
6516 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6517 * cursor.
|
|
|
6518 */
|
|
|
6519 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6520 {
|
|
|
6521 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6522 {
|
|
|
6523 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6524 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6525 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6526 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6527 }
|
|
|
6528 ++look;
|
|
|
6529 }
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 /*
|
|
|
6532 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6533 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6534 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6535 */
|
|
|
6536 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6541 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6542 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6543 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6544 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6545 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6546 {
|
|
|
6547 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6548 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6549 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6550 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6551 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6552 if (i)
|
|
|
6553 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6554 }
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556 ++look;
|
|
|
6557 }
|
|
|
6558
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 /*
|
|
|
6561 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6562 */
|
|
|
6563 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6566 {
|
|
|
6567 /*
|
|
|
6568 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6569 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6570 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6571 */
|
|
|
6572 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6573 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6574 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6577 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6578 }
|
|
|
6579 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6580 look++;
|
|
|
6581 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6582 look++;
|
|
|
6583 }
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 /*
|
|
|
6586 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6587 */
|
|
|
6588 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6589 {
|
|
|
6590 ++look;
|
|
|
6591 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6594 ++look;
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596 else
|
|
|
6597 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6598 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6599 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6600 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6601 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6602 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6603 {
|
|
|
6604 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6607 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6608 {
|
|
|
6609 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6612 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6613 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6614 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6615 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6616 {
|
|
|
6617 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6622 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6623 break;
|
|
|
6624 }
|
|
|
6625 }
|
|
|
6626 else
|
|
|
6627 # endif
|
|
|
6628 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6629 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6630 break;
|
|
|
6631 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6632 && (icase
|
|
|
6633 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6634 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6635 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6636 }
|
|
|
6637 else
|
|
|
6638 #endif
|
|
|
6639 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6640 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6641 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6642 {
|
|
|
6643 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6644 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6645 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6646 && (icase
|
|
|
6647 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6648 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6649 == 0)
|
|
|
6650 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6651 }
|
|
|
6652 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6655 * word. */
|
|
|
6656 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6657 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6658 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6659 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6660 }
|
|
|
6661 if (match)
|
|
|
6662 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6663 }
|
|
|
6664 look = p;
|
|
|
6665 }
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 /*
|
|
|
6668 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6669 */
|
|
|
6670 else
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6673 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6674 ++look;
|
|
|
6675 }
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 /*
|
|
|
6678 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6679 */
|
|
|
6680 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6681 }
|
|
|
6682 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6683 }
|
|
|
6684 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6687 /*
|
|
|
6688 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6689 */
|
|
|
6690 int
|
|
|
6691 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6692 int c;
|
|
|
6693 {
|
|
|
6694 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6695 {
|
|
|
6696 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6697 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6698 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6699 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6700 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6701 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6702 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6703 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6704 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6705 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6706 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6707 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6708 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6709
|
|
|
6710 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6711 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6712 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6713 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6714 return 'X';
|
|
|
6715 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6716 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6717 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6718 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6719 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6720 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6721 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6722 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6723 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6724 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6725 #else
|
|
|
6726 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6727 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6728 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6729 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6730 */
|
|
|
6731 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6732 #endif
|
|
|
6733 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6734 else
|
|
|
6735 return c;
|
|
|
6736 }
|
|
|
6737 else
|
|
|
6738 {
|
|
|
6739 switch (c)
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6742 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6743 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6744 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6745 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6746
|
|
|
6747 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6748 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6749 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6750 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6751 default: {
|
|
|
6752 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6755 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6756 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6757 #else
|
|
|
6758 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6759 #endif
|
|
|
6760 return c;
|
|
|
6761 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6762 break;
|
|
|
6763 }
|
|
|
6764 }
|
|
|
6765
|
|
|
6766 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6767 }
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769 #endif
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 static void
|
|
|
6772 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6775 int regname;
|
|
|
6776 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 /*
|
|
|
6779 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6780 */
|
|
|
6781 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6782 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6783 {
|
|
|
6784 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
6785 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6788 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6789 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6790 #endif
|
|
|
6791 }
|
|
|
6792
|
|
|
6793 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6794 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6795 #endif
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 /*
|
|
|
6798 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6799 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6802 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6803 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6804 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6805 #endif
|
|
|
6806 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6807 {
|
|
|
6808 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6809 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6810 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6811 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6812 #endif
|
|
|
6813 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6814 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6815 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6816 #endif
|
|
|
6817 }
|
|
|
6818 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6819
|
|
|
6820 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6821 /*
|
|
|
6822 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6823 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6824 */
|
|
|
6825 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6826 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6827 {
|
|
133
|
6828 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6829 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6830 # endif
|
|
7
|
6831 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6832 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6833 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6834 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6835 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6836 # endif
|
|
7
|
6837 }
|
|
140
|
6838 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6839 {
|
|
|
6840 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6841 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6842 }
|
|
7
|
6843 else
|
|
|
6844 {
|
|
|
6845 #endif
|
|
|
6846 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6847 {
|
|
|
6848 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6849 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6850 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6851 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6852
|
|
|
6853 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6854 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6855 }
|
|
|
6856 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6859 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6860 }
|
|
133
|
6861 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6862 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6863 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6864 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6865 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6866
|
|
7
|
6867 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6868 }
|
|
|
6869 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6870 #endif
|
|
|
6871 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6872 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6873 #endif
|
|
|
6874
|
|
|
6875 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6876 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6877 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6878 }
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 /*
|
|
|
6881 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6882 */
|
|
|
6883 static void
|
|
|
6884 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6885 {
|
|
|
6886 int c;
|
|
|
6887
|
|
|
6888 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6889 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6890 setcursor();
|
|
|
6891 #endif
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 /*
|
|
|
6894 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6895 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6896 */
|
|
|
6897 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6898 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6899 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6900 switch (c)
|
|
|
6901 {
|
|
|
6902 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6903 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6904 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6905 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6906 break;
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6909 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6910 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6911 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6912 break;
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6915 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6916 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6919 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6920 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6921 break;
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6924 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6925 }
|
|
|
6926 }
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 /*
|
|
449
|
6929 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6930 */
|
|
|
6931 static void
|
|
|
6932 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6933 {
|
|
|
6934 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6935 {
|
|
|
6936 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6937 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6938 {
|
|
|
6939 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6940 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6941 }
|
|
|
6942 else
|
|
|
6943 {
|
|
|
6944 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6945 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6946 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6947 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6948 #endif
|
|
|
6949 }
|
|
|
6950 }
|
|
|
6951 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6952 else
|
|
|
6953 {
|
|
|
6954 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6955 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6956 {
|
|
|
6957 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6958 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6959 }
|
|
|
6960 else
|
|
|
6961 {
|
|
|
6962 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6963 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6964 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6965 }
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 #endif
|
|
|
6968 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6969 showmode();
|
|
|
6970 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6971 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6972 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6973 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6974 #endif
|
|
|
6975 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6976 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6977 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6978 #endif
|
|
|
6979 }
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 /*
|
|
7
|
6982 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6983 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6984 * insert.
|
|
|
6985 */
|
|
|
6986 static int
|
|
477
|
6987 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6988 long *count;
|
|
|
6989 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6990 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6991 {
|
|
|
6992 int temp;
|
|
|
6993 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6994
|
|
449
|
6995 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6996 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6997 #endif
|
|
7
|
6998 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6999 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7000 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7001 # endif
|
|
|
7002 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7003 {
|
|
|
7004 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7005 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007 #endif
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7010 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7013 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7014 }
|
|
|
7015 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7016 {
|
|
|
7017 /*
|
|
|
7018 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7019 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7020 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7021 */
|
|
|
7022 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7023 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7024
|
|
|
7025 /*
|
|
|
7026 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7027 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7028 */
|
|
|
7029 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7030 {
|
|
|
7031 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7032 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7033 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7037 {
|
|
164
|
7038 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7039 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7040 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7041
|
|
7
|
7042 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7043 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7044 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7045 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7046 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7047 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7048 }
|
|
|
7049 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7050 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7051 }
|
|
|
7052
|
|
|
7053 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7054 * indent */
|
|
|
7055 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7056 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7057
|
|
|
7058 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7059 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7060 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7061
|
|
|
7062 /*
|
|
|
7063 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7064 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7065 */
|
|
477
|
7066 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7067 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7068 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7069 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7070 #endif
|
|
477
|
7071 )
|
|
|
7072 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7073 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7074 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7075 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7076 #endif
|
|
|
7077 ))
|
|
7
|
7078 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7079 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7080 #endif
|
|
|
7081 )
|
|
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7084 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7085 {
|
|
|
7086 oneleft();
|
|
|
7087 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7088 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090 else
|
|
|
7091 #endif
|
|
|
7092 {
|
|
|
7093 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7095 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7096 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7097 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7098 #endif
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100 }
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7103 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7104 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7105 * well). */
|
|
|
7106 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7107 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7108 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7109 #endif
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7112 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7113 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7116 setmouse();
|
|
|
7117 #endif
|
|
|
7118 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7119 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7120 #endif
|
|
|
7121
|
|
|
7122 /*
|
|
|
7123 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7124 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7125 */
|
|
|
7126 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7127 showmode();
|
|
|
7128 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7129 MSG("");
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7132 }
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7135 /*
|
|
|
7136 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7137 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7138 */
|
|
|
7139 static void
|
|
|
7140 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7145 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7146 }
|
|
|
7147 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7148 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7149 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7152 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7153 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7154 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 else
|
|
|
7157 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7158 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7159 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7160 {
|
|
|
7161 /*
|
|
|
7162 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7163 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7164 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7165 */
|
|
|
7166 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7167 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7168 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7169 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7170 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 else
|
|
|
7173 #endif
|
|
|
7174 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7175 showmode();
|
|
|
7176 }
|
|
|
7177 #endif
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7180 /*
|
|
|
7181 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7182 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7183 */
|
|
|
7184 static int
|
|
|
7185 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7186 int c;
|
|
|
7187 {
|
|
|
7188 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7189 switch (c)
|
|
|
7190 {
|
|
|
7191 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7192 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7193 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7194 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7195 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7196 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7197 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7198 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7199 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7200 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7201 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7202 case K_END:
|
|
|
7203 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7204 # endif
|
|
|
7205 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7206 break;
|
|
|
7207 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7208 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7209 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7210 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7211 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7212 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7213 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7214 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7215 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7216 start_selection();
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7219 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7220 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7223
|
|
|
7224 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7225 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7226 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7227 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7228 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7229 }
|
|
|
7230 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7231 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7232 }
|
|
|
7233 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7234 }
|
|
|
7235 #endif
|
|
|
7236
|
|
|
7237 /*
|
|
449
|
7238 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7239 */
|
|
|
7240 static void
|
|
|
7241 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7242 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7243 {
|
|
|
7244 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7245 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7248 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7249 return;
|
|
|
7250 }
|
|
|
7251 #endif
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7254 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7255 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7256 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
7257 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7258 # endif
|
|
449
|
7259 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7260 #endif
|
|
|
7261 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7262 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7263 else
|
|
|
7264 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7265 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7266 showmode();
|
|
|
7267 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7268 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7269 #endif
|
|
|
7270 }
|
|
|
7271
|
|
|
7272 /*
|
|
|
7273 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7274 */
|
|
|
7275 static void
|
|
|
7276 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7277 {
|
|
|
7278 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7279 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7280 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7281 else
|
|
|
7282 #endif
|
|
|
7283 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7284 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7285 else
|
|
|
7286 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7288 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7289 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7290 else
|
|
|
7291 #endif
|
|
|
7292 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7293 }
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 /*
|
|
7
|
7296 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7297 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7298 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7299 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7300 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7301 */
|
|
|
7302 static void
|
|
|
7303 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7304 int c;
|
|
|
7305 int lastc;
|
|
|
7306 {
|
|
|
7307 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7308 return;
|
|
|
7309 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 /*
|
|
|
7312 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7313 */
|
|
|
7314 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7315 {
|
|
|
7316 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7317 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7318 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7319 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7320 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7321 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7322 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7323 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7324 }
|
|
|
7325 else
|
|
|
7326 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7329 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7330 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7331 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7332 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7333 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7334 #endif
|
|
|
7335 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7336 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7337 #endif
|
|
|
7338 }
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 static void
|
|
|
7341 ins_del()
|
|
|
7342 {
|
|
|
7343 int temp;
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7346 return;
|
|
|
7347 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7348 {
|
|
|
7349 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7350 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7351 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7352 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7353 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7354 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7355 else
|
|
|
7356 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7357 }
|
|
|
7358 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7359 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7360 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7362 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7363 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7364 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7365 #endif
|
|
|
7366 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7367 }
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 /*
|
|
|
7370 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7371 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7372 */
|
|
|
7373 static int
|
|
|
7374 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7375 int c;
|
|
|
7376 int mode;
|
|
|
7377 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7378 {
|
|
|
7379 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7380 int cc;
|
|
|
7381 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7382 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7383 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7384 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7385 int oldState;
|
|
|
7386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7387 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7388 #endif
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 /*
|
|
|
7391 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7392 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7393 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7394 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7395 */
|
|
|
7396 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7397 || (
|
|
|
7398 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7399 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7400 #endif
|
|
|
7401 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7402 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7403 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7404 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7405 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7406 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7407 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7408 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7411 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7415 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7416 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7417 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7418 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7419 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7420 #endif
|
|
|
7421 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7422 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7423 #endif
|
|
|
7424 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7425 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7426 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7427 #endif
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7430 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7431 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7432 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7433 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7434 */
|
|
|
7435 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7436 {
|
|
|
7437 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7438 {
|
|
|
7439 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7440 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7441 }
|
|
|
7442 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7443 {
|
|
|
7444 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7445 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7446 }
|
|
|
7447 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7448 }
|
|
|
7449 #endif
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 /*
|
|
|
7452 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7453 */
|
|
|
7454 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7457 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7458 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7459 || revins_on
|
|
|
7460 #endif
|
|
|
7461 )
|
|
|
7462 {
|
|
|
7463 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7464 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7465 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7466 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7467 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7468 }
|
|
|
7469 /*
|
|
|
7470 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7471 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7472 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7473 */
|
|
|
7474 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7475 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7476 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7477 /*
|
|
|
7478 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7479 * cursor.
|
|
|
7480 */
|
|
|
7481 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7482 {
|
|
|
7483 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7484 }
|
|
|
7485 else
|
|
|
7486 {
|
|
|
7487 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7488 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7489 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7490 #endif
|
|
|
7491 {
|
|
|
7492 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7493 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7496 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7497 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7498 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7499 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7502 TRUE);
|
|
|
7503 int len;
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7506 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7507 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509
|
|
7
|
7510 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7511 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7512 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7513 }
|
|
|
7514 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7515 else
|
|
|
7516 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7517 #endif
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 /*
|
|
|
7520 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7521 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7522 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7523 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7524 */
|
|
|
7525 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7526 {
|
|
|
7527 /*
|
|
|
7528 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7529 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7530 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7533 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7534 /*
|
|
|
7535 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7536 */
|
|
|
7537 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7538 {
|
|
|
7539 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7541 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7542 #else
|
|
|
7543 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7544 #endif
|
|
|
7545 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7546 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7547 }
|
|
|
7548 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7549 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7550 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 }
|
|
|
7553 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7554 }
|
|
|
7555 else
|
|
|
7556 {
|
|
|
7557 /*
|
|
|
7558 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7559 */
|
|
|
7560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7561 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7562 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7563 #endif
|
|
|
7564 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7565 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7566 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7567 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7568 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7569 #endif
|
|
|
7570 )
|
|
|
7571 {
|
|
|
7572 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7573 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7574 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7575 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7576 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7577 }
|
|
|
7578
|
|
|
7579 /*
|
|
|
7580 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7581 */
|
|
|
7582 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7583 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7584 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7585 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7586 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7587 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7588 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 int ts;
|
|
|
7591 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7592 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7593 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7596 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7597 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7598 else
|
|
|
7599 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7600 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7601 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7602 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7603 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7604 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7605 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7606 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7607 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7610 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7611 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7612 {
|
|
|
7613 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7614 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7615 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7616 {
|
|
|
7617 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7618 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7619 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7620 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7621 {
|
|
|
7622 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7623 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7624 {
|
|
|
7625 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7626 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7627 }
|
|
|
7628 else
|
|
|
7629 #endif
|
|
|
7630 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7631 }
|
|
|
7632 }
|
|
|
7633 else
|
|
|
7634 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7638 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7639 {
|
|
|
7640 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7641 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7642 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7643 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7644
|
|
|
7645 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7646 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7647 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7648 else
|
|
|
7649 #endif
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7652 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7653 {
|
|
|
7654 if (extra)
|
|
|
7655 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7656 else
|
|
|
7657 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7660 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664 }
|
|
|
7665
|
|
|
7666 /*
|
|
|
7667 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7668 */
|
|
|
7669 else do
|
|
|
7670 {
|
|
|
7671 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7672 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7673 #endif
|
|
|
7674 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7677 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7678 {
|
|
|
7679 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7680 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7683 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7684 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7685 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7686 {
|
|
|
7687 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7688 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7689 #endif
|
|
|
7690 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7691 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7692 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7693 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7694 #endif
|
|
|
7695 break;
|
|
|
7696 }
|
|
|
7697 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7698 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7699 else
|
|
|
7700 {
|
|
|
7701 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7702 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7703 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7704 #endif
|
|
|
7705 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7707 /*
|
|
|
7708 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7709 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7710 * character.
|
|
|
7711 */
|
|
|
7712 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7713 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7714 #endif
|
|
|
7715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7716 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7717 {
|
|
|
7718 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7719 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7720 }
|
|
|
7721 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7722 break;
|
|
|
7723 #endif
|
|
|
7724 }
|
|
|
7725 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7726 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7727 break;
|
|
|
7728 } while (
|
|
|
7729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7730 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7731 #endif
|
|
|
7732 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7733 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7734 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7735 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7736 }
|
|
|
7737 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7738 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7739 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7740 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7741 #endif
|
|
|
7742 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7743 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7744 /*
|
|
|
7745 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7746 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7747 * with.
|
|
|
7748 */
|
|
|
7749 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7752 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7753 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7754 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7757 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7758 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7759 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7760 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7761 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7762 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7763 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7764 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7767 }
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7770 static void
|
|
|
7771 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7772 int c;
|
|
|
7773 {
|
|
|
7774 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7775
|
|
|
7776 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7777 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7778 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7779 # endif
|
|
|
7780 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7781 return;
|
|
|
7782
|
|
|
7783 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7784 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7785 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7786 {
|
|
|
7787 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7788 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7789 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7790 # endif
|
|
|
7791 }
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7794 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7795 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7796 #endif
|
|
|
7797 }
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 static void
|
|
|
7800 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7801 int up;
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7804 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7805 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7806 # endif
|
|
|
7807
|
|
|
7808 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7809
|
|
|
7810 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7811 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7814 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7815 {
|
|
|
7816 int row, col;
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7819 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7822 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7823 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7824 }
|
|
|
7825 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7826 # endif
|
|
|
7827 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7830 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7831 else
|
|
|
7832 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7835 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7838 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7839 # endif
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7842 {
|
|
|
7843 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7844 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7845 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7846 # endif
|
|
|
7847 }
|
|
|
7848 }
|
|
|
7849 #endif
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7852 void
|
|
|
7853 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7858 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7859 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7860 {
|
|
|
7861 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7862 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7863 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7864 # endif
|
|
|
7865 }
|
|
|
7866 }
|
|
|
7867
|
|
|
7868 void
|
|
|
7869 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7870 {
|
|
|
7871 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7872
|
|
|
7873 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7874 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7875 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7876 {
|
|
|
7877 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7878 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7879 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7880 # endif
|
|
|
7881 }
|
|
|
7882 }
|
|
|
7883 #endif
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 static void
|
|
|
7886 ins_left()
|
|
|
7887 {
|
|
|
7888 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7889
|
|
|
7890 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7891 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7892 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7893 #endif
|
|
|
7894 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7895 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7896 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7897 {
|
|
|
7898 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7899 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7900 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7901 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7902 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7903 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7904 #endif
|
|
|
7905 }
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 /*
|
|
|
7908 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7909 * previous line
|
|
|
7910 */
|
|
|
7911 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7912 {
|
|
|
7913 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7914 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7915 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7916 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7917 }
|
|
|
7918 else
|
|
|
7919 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7920 }
|
|
|
7921
|
|
|
7922 static void
|
|
|
7923 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7924 int c;
|
|
|
7925 {
|
|
|
7926 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7929 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7930 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7931 #endif
|
|
|
7932 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7933 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7934 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7935 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7936 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7937 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7938 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7939 #endif
|
|
|
7940 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7941 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7942 }
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 static void
|
|
|
7945 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7946 int c;
|
|
|
7947 {
|
|
|
7948 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7949
|
|
|
7950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7951 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7952 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7953 #endif
|
|
|
7954 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7955 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7956 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7957 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7958 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7959 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7960
|
|
|
7961 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7962 }
|
|
|
7963
|
|
|
7964 static void
|
|
|
7965 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7966 {
|
|
|
7967 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7968 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7969 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7970 #endif
|
|
|
7971 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7972 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7973 {
|
|
|
7974 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7975 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7976 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7977 }
|
|
|
7978 else
|
|
|
7979 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7980 }
|
|
|
7981
|
|
|
7982 static void
|
|
|
7983 ins_right()
|
|
|
7984 {
|
|
|
7985 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7986 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7987 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7988 #endif
|
|
|
7989 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7990 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7991 )
|
|
|
7992 {
|
|
|
7993 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7994 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7995 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7996 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7997 oneright();
|
|
|
7998 else
|
|
|
7999 #endif
|
|
|
8000 {
|
|
|
8001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8002 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8003 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8004 else
|
|
|
8005 #endif
|
|
|
8006 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8007 }
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8010 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8011 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8012 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8013 #endif
|
|
|
8014 }
|
|
|
8015 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8016 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8017 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8018 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8019 {
|
|
|
8020 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8021 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8022 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8023 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8024 }
|
|
|
8025 else
|
|
|
8026 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8027 }
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 static void
|
|
|
8030 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8033 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8034 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8035 #endif
|
|
|
8036 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8037 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8038 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8039 {
|
|
|
8040 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8041 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8042 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8043 }
|
|
|
8044 else
|
|
|
8045 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8046 }
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 static void
|
|
|
8049 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8050 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8051 {
|
|
|
8052 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8053 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8054 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8055 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8056 #endif
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8059 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8060 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8061 {
|
|
|
8062 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8063 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8064 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8065 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8066 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8067 #endif
|
|
|
8068 )
|
|
|
8069 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8070 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8071 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8072 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8073 #endif
|
|
|
8074 }
|
|
|
8075 else
|
|
|
8076 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8077 }
|
|
|
8078
|
|
|
8079 static void
|
|
|
8080 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
8081 {
|
|
|
8082 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8085 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8086 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8087 {
|
|
|
8088 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8089 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8090 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8091 #endif
|
|
|
8092 }
|
|
|
8093 else
|
|
|
8094 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8095 }
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 static void
|
|
|
8098 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
8099 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8100 {
|
|
|
8101 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8102 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8103 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8104 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8105 #endif
|
|
|
8106
|
|
|
8107 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8108 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8109 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8110 {
|
|
|
8111 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8112 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8113 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8114 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8115 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8116 #endif
|
|
|
8117 )
|
|
|
8118 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8119 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8120 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8121 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8122 #endif
|
|
|
8123 }
|
|
|
8124 else
|
|
|
8125 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8126 }
|
|
|
8127
|
|
|
8128 static void
|
|
|
8129 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8130 {
|
|
|
8131 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8132
|
|
|
8133 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8134 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8135 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8136 {
|
|
|
8137 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8138 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8139 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8140 #endif
|
|
|
8141 }
|
|
|
8142 else
|
|
|
8143 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8144 }
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8147 static void
|
|
|
8148 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8149 {
|
|
|
8150 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8151 }
|
|
|
8152 #endif
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 /*
|
|
|
8155 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8156 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8157 */
|
|
|
8158 static int
|
|
|
8159 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8160 {
|
|
|
8161 int ind;
|
|
|
8162 int i;
|
|
|
8163 int temp;
|
|
|
8164
|
|
|
8165 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8166 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8167 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8168 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8169
|
|
|
8170 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8171 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8172 if (ind)
|
|
|
8173 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8174 #endif
|
|
|
8175
|
|
|
8176 /*
|
|
|
8177 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8178 */
|
|
|
8179 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8180 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8181 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8182 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8185 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8188 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8189 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8190 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8191 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8192 #endif
|
|
|
8193 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8194
|
|
|
8195 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8196 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8197 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8198 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8199 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8200 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8201 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8202
|
|
|
8203 /*
|
|
|
8204 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8205 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8206 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8207 */
|
|
|
8208 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8209 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8210 {
|
|
|
8211 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8212 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8213 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8214 else
|
|
|
8215 #endif
|
|
|
8216 {
|
|
|
8217 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8218 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8219 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8220 }
|
|
|
8221 }
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 /*
|
|
|
8224 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8225 */
|
|
|
8226 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8227 {
|
|
|
8228 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8229 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8230 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8231 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8232 #endif
|
|
|
8233 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8234 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8235 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8236 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8237 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8238
|
|
|
8239 /*
|
|
|
8240 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8241 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8242 */
|
|
|
8243 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8244 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8245 {
|
|
|
8246 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8247 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8248 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8249 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8250 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8251 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8252 }
|
|
|
8253 else
|
|
|
8254 #endif
|
|
|
8255 {
|
|
|
8256 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8257 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8258 }
|
|
|
8259
|
|
|
8260 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8261 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8262 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8263
|
|
|
8264 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8265 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8266 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8267 {
|
|
|
8268 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8269 --ptr;
|
|
|
8270 }
|
|
|
8271
|
|
|
8272 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8273 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8274 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8275 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8276 {
|
|
|
8277 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8278 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8279 }
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8282 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8283 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8284
|
|
|
8285 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8286 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8287 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8288 {
|
|
|
8289 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8290 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8291 break;
|
|
|
8292 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8293 {
|
|
|
8294 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8295 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8298 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8299 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8300 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8301 }
|
|
|
8302 }
|
|
|
8303 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8304 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8305 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8306 }
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8309 {
|
|
|
8310 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8313 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8314 {
|
|
|
8315 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8316 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8317 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8318 }
|
|
|
8319 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8320 {
|
|
|
8321 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8322 --ptr;
|
|
|
8323 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8324 }
|
|
|
8325 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8326
|
|
|
8327 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8328 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8329 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8330 {
|
|
|
8331 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8332 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8333 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8334 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8335 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8336 #endif
|
|
|
8337 )
|
|
|
8338 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8339 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8340 }
|
|
33
|
8341 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8342 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8343 {
|
|
|
8344 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8345 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8346 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8347 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8348 }
|
|
|
8349 #endif
|
|
7
|
8350 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8353 /*
|
|
|
8354 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8355 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8356 * spacing.
|
|
|
8357 */
|
|
|
8358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8359 {
|
|
|
8360 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8361 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8362
|
|
|
8363 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8364 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8365 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8366 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8367 }
|
|
|
8368 #endif
|
|
|
8369 }
|
|
|
8370
|
|
|
8371 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8372 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8373 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8374 #endif
|
|
|
8375 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8376 }
|
|
|
8377
|
|
|
8378 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8379 }
|
|
|
8380
|
|
|
8381 /*
|
|
|
8382 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8383 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8384 */
|
|
|
8385 static int
|
|
|
8386 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8387 int c;
|
|
|
8388 {
|
|
|
8389 int i;
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8392 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8393 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8394 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8395 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 /*
|
|
|
8398 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8399 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8400 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8401 */
|
|
|
8402 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8404 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8405 #endif
|
|
|
8406 )
|
|
|
8407 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8408
|
|
|
8409 /*
|
|
|
8410 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8411 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8412 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8413 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8414 */
|
|
|
8415
|
|
|
8416 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8417 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8418 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8419 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8420 # endif
|
|
|
8421 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8422 * current line. */
|
|
|
8423 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8424 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8425 #endif
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8428 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8429 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8430 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8431 #endif
|
|
|
8432 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8433 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8434 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8435 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8436 #endif
|
|
|
8437
|
|
|
8438 return (!i);
|
|
|
8439 }
|
|
|
8440
|
|
|
8441 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8442 /*
|
|
|
8443 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8444 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8445 * done.
|
|
|
8446 */
|
|
|
8447 static int
|
|
|
8448 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8449 {
|
|
|
8450 int c;
|
|
|
8451 int cc;
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8454 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8455 {
|
|
|
8456 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8457 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8460 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8461 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8462 #endif
|
|
|
8463 }
|
|
|
8464
|
|
|
8465 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8466 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8467 #endif
|
|
|
8468
|
|
|
8469 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8470 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8471 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8472 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8473 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8474 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8475 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8476 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8477 {
|
|
|
8478 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8479 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8480 #endif
|
|
|
8481 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8482 return NUL;
|
|
|
8483 }
|
|
|
8484 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8485 {
|
|
|
8486 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8487 {
|
|
|
8488 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8489 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8492 {
|
|
|
8493 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8494 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8495 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8496 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8497 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8498 }
|
|
|
8499 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8500 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8501 #endif
|
|
|
8502 }
|
|
|
8503 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8504 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8505 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8506 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8507 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8508 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8509 {
|
|
|
8510 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8511 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8512 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8513 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8514 #endif
|
|
|
8515 return c;
|
|
|
8516 }
|
|
|
8517 }
|
|
|
8518 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8519 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8520 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8521 #endif
|
|
|
8522 return NUL;
|
|
|
8523 }
|
|
|
8524 #endif
|
|
|
8525
|
|
|
8526 /*
|
|
|
8527 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8528 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8529 */
|
|
|
8530 static int
|
|
|
8531 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8532 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8533 {
|
|
|
8534 int c;
|
|
|
8535 int temp;
|
|
|
8536 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8537
|
|
|
8538 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8539 {
|
|
|
8540 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8541 return NUL;
|
|
|
8542 }
|
|
|
8543
|
|
|
8544 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8545 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8546 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8547 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8548 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8549 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8550 {
|
|
|
8551 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8552 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8553 }
|
|
|
8554 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8555 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8556
|
|
|
8557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8558 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8559 #else
|
|
|
8560 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8561 #endif
|
|
|
8562 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8563 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8564 return c;
|
|
|
8565 }
|
|
|
8566
|
|
449
|
8567 /*
|
|
|
8568 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8569 */
|
|
|
8570 static int
|
|
|
8571 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8572 int tc;
|
|
|
8573 {
|
|
|
8574 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8575
|
|
|
8576 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8577 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8578 {
|
|
|
8579 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8580 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8581 else
|
|
|
8582 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8583 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8584 }
|
|
|
8585 else
|
|
|
8586 #endif
|
|
|
8587 {
|
|
|
8588 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8589 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8590 {
|
|
|
8591 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8592
|
|
|
8593 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8594 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8595 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8596 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8597 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8598 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8599 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8600 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8601 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8602 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8603 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8604 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8605 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8606 #endif
|
|
|
8607 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8608 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8609 }
|
|
|
8610 }
|
|
|
8611 return c;
|
|
|
8612 }
|
|
|
8613
|
|
7
|
8614 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8615 /*
|
|
|
8616 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8617 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8618 */
|
|
|
8619 static void
|
|
|
8620 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8621 int c;
|
|
|
8622 {
|
|
|
8623 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8624 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8625 int i;
|
|
|
8626 int temp;
|
|
|
8627
|
|
|
8628 /*
|
|
|
8629 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8630 */
|
|
|
8631 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8632 {
|
|
|
8633 /*
|
|
|
8634 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8635 */
|
|
|
8636 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8637 {
|
|
|
8638 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8639 /*
|
|
|
8640 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8641 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8642 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8643 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8644 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8645 */
|
|
|
8646 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8647 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8648 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8649 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8650 ;
|
|
|
8651 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8652 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8653 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8654 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8655 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8656 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8657 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8658 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8659 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8660 else
|
|
|
8661 #endif
|
|
|
8662 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8663 }
|
|
|
8664 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8665 {
|
|
|
8666 /*
|
|
|
8667 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8668 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8669 */
|
|
|
8670 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8671 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8672 {
|
|
|
8673 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8674 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8675 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8676 {
|
|
|
8677 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8680 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8681 break;
|
|
|
8682 }
|
|
|
8683 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8684 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8685 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8686 }
|
|
|
8687 if (temp)
|
|
|
8688 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690 }
|
|
|
8691
|
|
|
8692 /*
|
|
|
8693 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8694 */
|
|
|
8695 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8696 {
|
|
|
8697 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8698 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8699 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8700 }
|
|
|
8701
|
|
|
8702 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8703 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8704 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8705 }
|
|
|
8706 #endif
|
|
|
8707
|
|
|
8708 /*
|
|
|
8709 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8710 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8711 */
|
|
|
8712 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8713 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8714 {
|
|
|
8715 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8716 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8717 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8718 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8719 }
|
